From World Order to Global Disorder - UBC Press
From World Order to Global Disorder - UBC Press
From World Order to Global Disorder - UBC Press
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
07|08 his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> PRESS
his<strong>to</strong>ry 07|08<br />
<strong>From</strong> <strong>World</strong> <strong>Order</strong> <strong>to</strong><br />
<strong>Global</strong> <strong>Disorder</strong> 2<br />
Awful Splendour 13<br />
The Ermatingers 22<br />
An Officer and a Lady<br />
36<br />
Contents<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry 1<br />
Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry 13<br />
Native His<strong>to</strong>ry 18<br />
Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry 26<br />
Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry 30<br />
Gender and His<strong>to</strong>ry 34<br />
Military His<strong>to</strong>ry 36<br />
Legal His<strong>to</strong>ry 44<br />
Publishers Represented in Canada<br />
Royal British Columbia Museum 57<br />
Manchester University <strong>Press</strong> 58<br />
Transaction Publishers 68<br />
Michigan State University <strong>Press</strong> 73<br />
University of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong> 74<br />
Washing<strong>to</strong>n State University <strong>Press</strong> 76<br />
Oregon State University <strong>Press</strong> 77<br />
Left Coast <strong>Press</strong> 78<br />
Paradigm Publishers 79<br />
Other Publishers Represented In Canada<br />
Athabasca University <strong>Press</strong>, Brookings Institution<br />
<strong>Press</strong>, Earthscan / James & James, Hong Kong<br />
University <strong>Press</strong>, Jessica Kingsley Publishers,<br />
KITLV <strong>Press</strong>, National Gallery of Australia,<br />
Oregon State University <strong>Press</strong>, Paul Holber<strong>to</strong>n<br />
Publishers, Silkworm <strong>Press</strong>, University of Arizona<br />
<strong>Press</strong>, University of New South Wales, Waanders<br />
Publishers, Wesleyan University <strong>Press</strong><br />
Publishers Represented <strong>World</strong>wide<br />
Canadian Forest Service, Laval University <strong>Press</strong><br />
(English Language Books), Sierra Legal Defence<br />
Fund, Western Geographical <strong>Press</strong><br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> always welcomes proposals for new books.<br />
Please direct proposals for books in His<strong>to</strong>ry <strong>to</strong>:<br />
Jean Wilson<br />
2029 West Mall<br />
Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2<br />
Phone: 604.822.6376<br />
E-mail: wilson@ubcpress.ca<br />
IMPORTANT NOTE<br />
The notation CRO after the price in this catalogue<br />
indicates that <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> holds Canadian rights only for<br />
the title in question. Cus<strong>to</strong>mers outside of Canada should<br />
refer <strong>to</strong> the original publisher for ordering information.<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Alliance and Illusion<br />
Canada and the <strong>World</strong>, 1945–1984<br />
Robert Bothwell<br />
A book of great sophistication – fluently composed,<br />
and with flare; wearing its considerable learning<br />
lightly; and written by an author in full command of<br />
his field. Not only is it the first sustained his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
treatment of Canadian foreign policy post-war, but it is<br />
also a rumination on the Canadian condition in years<br />
of achievement and fragility, a paradox that Bothwell<br />
captures brilliantly. Every page crackles with good<br />
writing and good sense.<br />
– Norman Hillmer, co-author of Empire <strong>to</strong> Umpire<br />
Alliance and Illusion is a political, economic, and<br />
social his<strong>to</strong>ry that examines both domestic and international<br />
aspects of Canadian foreign policy. Robert<br />
Bothwell provides nuanced studies of Canada’s leaders,<br />
examining John Diefenbaker’s muddles, Lester<br />
B. Pearson’s realism, and Pierre Trudeau’s limited<br />
policy vision. He also discusses international currents<br />
that drove Canadian external affairs, from American<br />
influence over Vietnam and the draft dodgers, <strong>to</strong> the<br />
French case of de Gaulle’s eruption in<strong>to</strong> Quebec in<br />
1967.<br />
Contents<br />
Chronology; Introduction<br />
1 Construction and Reconstruction: Canada in 1945<br />
2 Real Prosperity and Illusory Diplomacy<br />
3 Realigning Canadian Foreign Policy, 1945–1947<br />
4 Dividing the <strong>World</strong>, 1947–1949<br />
5 Confronting a Changing Asia, 1945–1950<br />
6 <strong>From</strong> Korea <strong>to</strong> the Rhine<br />
7 The Era of Good Feeling, 1953–1957<br />
8 Diefenbaker and the Dwindling British Connection<br />
9 Nuclear Nightmares, 1957–1963<br />
10 Innocence at Home: Economic Diplomacy in the 1960s<br />
11 Innocence Abroad: Fumbling for Peace in Indochina<br />
12 Vietnam and Canadian-American Relations<br />
13 National Unity and Foreign Policy<br />
14 Changing the Meaning of Defence<br />
15 National Security and Social Security<br />
16 The 1970s Begin<br />
17 Parallel Lives: Nixon Meets Trudeau<br />
18 The Pursuit of Promises<br />
19 Canada First, 1976–1984<br />
20 Returning <strong>to</strong> the Centre<br />
Conclusion: Multilateral by Profession, Muddled by Nature<br />
Notes; Further Reading and a Note on Sources; Index<br />
Robert Bothwell is one of Canada’s foremost<br />
his<strong>to</strong>rians and a leading expert on Canadian<br />
international relations. He holds the May Gluskin<br />
Chair in Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of<br />
Toron<strong>to</strong>, where he is Direc<strong>to</strong>r of the International<br />
Relations Program at Trinity College. He is author<br />
of The New Penguin His<strong>to</strong>ry of Canada, as well<br />
as Canada and the United States, Canada and<br />
Quebec, and The Big Chill.<br />
2007, 480 pages, 6.5 x 9.5”<br />
0-7748-1368-7 / 978-0-7748-1368-6<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1369-5 / 978-0-7748-1369-3<br />
paper $34.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 1
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
<strong>From</strong> <strong>World</strong> <strong>Order</strong> <strong>to</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Disorder</strong><br />
States, Markets, and Dissent<br />
Dorval Brunelle<br />
Translated by Richard Howard<br />
The French philosopher and activist, Jean Rostand,<br />
said: “It is horrible <strong>to</strong> see everything one detested<br />
in the past coming back wearing the colours of the<br />
future.” Dorval Brunelle’s wonderful new book explains<br />
how economic globalization has erased the international<br />
consensus for justice that emerged out of the<br />
horrors of <strong>World</strong> War II and exposes this new system<br />
for the regressive force it really is.<br />
– Maude Barlow, National Chairperson,<br />
Council of Canadians<br />
<strong>From</strong> <strong>World</strong> <strong>Order</strong> <strong>to</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Disorder</strong> demonstrates the<br />
profound effect of globalization on relations between<br />
the state, civil society, and markets, as well as on collective<br />
and individual rights. As neo-liberalism evolves<br />
in<strong>to</strong> globalization, governments are eschewing their role<br />
as public guardians and are instead bartering the very<br />
assets and resources their citizens’ labour and activism<br />
created and preserved. However, no constitution makes<br />
governments owners of collective assets: governments<br />
are merely trustees. In this context, the world’s citizens<br />
have a tremendous task before them: in the wake of the<br />
welfare state, their social forums are indispensable in<br />
the quest for a more just and equitable world.<br />
Dorval Brunelle is a professor of sociology<br />
and Direc<strong>to</strong>r of the Observa<strong>to</strong>ire des Amériques<br />
at the Université du Québec à Montréal.<br />
2<br />
2007, 224 pages, 5.5 x 8.5”<br />
0-7748-1360-1 / 978-0-7748-1360-0<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1361-X / 978-0-7748-1361-7<br />
paper $29.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
The authoritative account of the rise of the<br />
global social justice movement by an ‘insider,”<br />
who also happens <strong>to</strong> be one of Canada’s leading<br />
social scientists. Dorval Brunelle’s book will be<br />
of interest <strong>to</strong> political scientists, economists,<br />
sociologists, and citizens with an appetite <strong>to</strong><br />
discover what lies behind the headlines about<br />
lost jobs, world trade talks, growing inequalities,<br />
and popular unrest in much of the world.<br />
– Duncan Cameron, Associate Publisher<br />
of rabble.ca<br />
Contents<br />
Abbreviations<br />
Preface<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Building the Postwar <strong>Order</strong><br />
2 Welfare States and Social Rights<br />
3 Internationalism versus Regionalism in the Cold War<br />
4 Canada and the Cold War: The Shift <strong>to</strong> Regionalism<br />
5 Canada-US Free Trade: <strong>From</strong> the Regional <strong>to</strong> the <strong>Global</strong><br />
6 Features of a <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Order</strong><br />
7 Consultation or Contention: Social Movements<br />
and <strong>Global</strong>ization<br />
Conclusion<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Domestic Reforms<br />
Political Visions and Family Regulation in<br />
British Columbia, 1862–1940<br />
Chris Clarkson<br />
This book tells a complicated s<strong>to</strong>ry of family and welfare<br />
law reform within the context of British Columbia’s<br />
transformation from a British colonial enclave <strong>to</strong> a<br />
white settler Canadian province.<br />
– Dorothy E. Chunn, professor of sociology and codirec<strong>to</strong>r,<br />
Feminist Institute for Studies on Law and<br />
Society, Simon Fraser University<br />
Domestic Reforms examines the evolution of British<br />
Columbia’s family and welfare law reform against the<br />
backdrop of the province’s transformation from a colonial<br />
enclave <strong>to</strong> a white settler province. Chris Clarkson<br />
examines three waves of property, inheritance, and<br />
maintenance law reform, arguing that each was related<br />
<strong>to</strong> a broader political vision intended <strong>to</strong> precipitate vast<br />
social and economic effects. He analyzes the impact of<br />
the legislation, with emphasis on the ambitions of regulated<br />
populations, the influence of the judiciary, and the<br />
social and fiscal concerns of generations of legisla<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
and bureaucrats.<br />
Contents<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
Abbreviations<br />
Introduction<br />
Part 1: The Yeoman Dream<br />
1 Deserted Wives and Independent Men<br />
2 Married Women, Country Wives, and Destitute Orphans<br />
3 Chivalry and the Democratic Judiciary<br />
Part 2: A Vision of Mutualistic Hierarchy<br />
4 Credi<strong>to</strong>rs’ Rights, the 1887 Married Women’s Property Act,<br />
and the Emergence of a Liberal Femininity<br />
Part 3: The Conservation of Child-Life<br />
5 Maintaining the “Hope of the Race”: Child-Saving in a<br />
Conservative Era, 1901-15<br />
6 Child Protection and Women’s Equality in the Liberal Era,<br />
1916-23<br />
7 Public Policy, Published Decisions, and Police Courts<br />
Conclusion<br />
Notes; Select Bibliography; Index<br />
Chris Clarkson teaches in the His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Department at Okanagan College, British<br />
Columbia.<br />
2007, 304 pages, 1 table, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1350-4 / 978-0-7748-1350-1<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1351-2 / 978-0-7748-1351-8<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
3
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Canada and<br />
the End of Empire<br />
Edited by Phillip Buckner<br />
Canada and the End of<br />
Empire looks at Canadian<br />
diplomatic relations with<br />
the United Kingdom and<br />
the United States, the<br />
Suez crisis, the changing<br />
economic relationship with<br />
Great Britain in the 1950s<br />
and 1960s, the role of<br />
educational and cultural<br />
institutions in maintaining<br />
the British connection, the<br />
royal <strong>to</strong>ur of 1959, the decision <strong>to</strong> adopt a new flag<br />
in 1964, the efforts <strong>to</strong> find a formula for repatriating<br />
the constitution, the Canadianization of the Royal Canadian<br />
Navy, and the attitude of First Nations <strong>to</strong> the<br />
changed nature of the Anglo-Canadian relationship.<br />
His<strong>to</strong>rians in Commonwealth countries tend <strong>to</strong> view<br />
the end of British rule from a nationalist perspective.<br />
Canada and the End of Empire challenges this view<br />
and demonstrates the centrality of imperial his<strong>to</strong>ry in<br />
Canadian his<strong>to</strong>riography.<br />
An important addition <strong>to</strong> the growing canon of empire<br />
studies and imperial his<strong>to</strong>ry, this book will be of<br />
interest <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians of the Commonwealth, and <strong>to</strong><br />
scholars and students interested in the relationship<br />
between colonialism and nationalism.<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
Andrea Benvenuti and Stuart Ward; P.E. Bryden; Lorraine<br />
Coops; John Darwin; R. Douglas Francis; John Hilliker and<br />
Greg Donaghy; José E. Igartua; Gregory A. Johnson; Steve<br />
Koerner; J.R. (Jim) Miller; Marc Milner; Bruce Muirhead;<br />
George Richardson; Tim Rooth; Paul Rutherford; Allan Smith;<br />
and Gordon T. Stewart<br />
2004, 334 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0915-9 / 978-0-7748-0915-3 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-0916-7 / 978-0-7748-0916-0 paper $32.95<br />
Canada and<br />
the British <strong>World</strong><br />
Culture, Migration, and Identity<br />
Edited by Phillip Buckner and<br />
R. Douglas Francis<br />
In the decades following<br />
the Second <strong>World</strong> War,<br />
a revolutionary change<br />
<strong>to</strong>ok place in the Canadian<br />
national identity. The<br />
English-Canadian majority<br />
entered this period identifying<br />
themselves as British<br />
and emerged from it with<br />
a new, independent sense<br />
of themselves as purely<br />
Canadian. Assured of their<br />
unique place in the world, Canadians can now reflect<br />
on the legacies and lessons of their British colonial<br />
past.<br />
Canada and the British <strong>World</strong> surveys Canada’s<br />
national his<strong>to</strong>ry through a British lens. In a series of<br />
essays focusing on the social, cultural, and intellectual<br />
aspects of Canadian identity over more than a century,<br />
the complex and evolving relationship between<br />
Canada and the larger British <strong>World</strong> is revealed.<br />
Examining the transition from the strong belief of<br />
nineteenth-century Canadians in the British character<br />
of their country <strong>to</strong> the realities of modern multicultural<br />
Canada, this book eschews nostalgia in its endeavour<br />
<strong>to</strong> understand the dynamic and complicated society in<br />
which Canadians did and do live.<br />
Candid and ambitious, Canada and the British <strong>World</strong><br />
is recommended reading for his<strong>to</strong>rians and scholars<br />
of colonialism and nationalism, as well as anyone<br />
interested in what it really means <strong>to</strong> be Canadian.<br />
2006, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1 table<br />
0-7748-1305-9 / 978-0-7748-1305-1 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1306-7 / 978-0-7748-1306-8 paper $34.95<br />
4<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>From</strong> the 1870s until the Great Depression, immigration<br />
was often the question of the hour in Canada. Politicians,<br />
the media, and an array of interest groups viewed<br />
it as essential <strong>to</strong> nation building, developing the economy,<br />
and shaping Canada’s social and cultural character.<br />
One of the groups most determined <strong>to</strong> influence public<br />
debate and government policy on the issue was organized<br />
labour, and unionists were often relentless critics<br />
of immigrant recruitment. Guarding the Gates is the first<br />
detailed study of Canadian labour leaders’ approach <strong>to</strong><br />
immigration, a key battleground in struggles between<br />
different political factions within the labour movement.<br />
Guarding the Gates provides new insights in<strong>to</strong> labour,<br />
immigration, social, and political his<strong>to</strong>ry. It will be valuable<br />
not only <strong>to</strong> readers interested in the internal politics<br />
of social movements, but <strong>to</strong> everyone concerned with<br />
long-standing debates about Canadian national identity,<br />
and gender, ethnic, and race relations.<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Guarding the Gates<br />
The Canadian Labour Movement and<br />
Immigration, 1872–1934<br />
David Gou<strong>to</strong>r<br />
Contents<br />
Illustrations; Acknowledgments<br />
Part 1: Issues and Arguments<br />
1 Guarding the Gates<br />
2 Setting the Stage: Labour, Industry, and Immigration in<br />
Canada, 1872–1934<br />
Part 2: Labour’s Anti–Asian Agitation<br />
3 The Bounds of Unity: Opposition <strong>to</strong> Chinese Immigration,<br />
1880–87<br />
4 The “Old Time Question”: The Campaign for Exclusion,<br />
1888–1934<br />
Part 3: Labour and Atlantic Immigration<br />
5 Superfluous People: Labour’s Construction of Immigrants<br />
from Europe and the British Isles<br />
6 Importing Victims: The Assault on the Commerce of<br />
Immigration<br />
Part 4: Immigration, Ideology, and Politics<br />
7 Immigration, Joseph Arch, and the Producer Ideology,<br />
1872–79<br />
8 Imported Labour, the Tariff, and Land Reform, 1880–1902<br />
9 Retreat, Corporatism, and Responsible Management,<br />
1903–34<br />
Conclusion<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
David Gou<strong>to</strong>r is a Canadian his<strong>to</strong>rian and<br />
an assistant professor in the Labour Studies<br />
Programme at McMaster University.<br />
2007, 288 Pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1364-4 / 978-0-7748-1364-8<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1365-2 / 978-0-7748-1365-5<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
Guarding the Gates provides intriguing his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
insight in<strong>to</strong> one of Canada’s most pressing<br />
contemporary social issues. Anyone interested<br />
in immigration, the labour market, multiculturalism,<br />
or racism will benefit from reading this<br />
thought-provoking book.<br />
– Gregory S. Kealey, Founding Edi<strong>to</strong>r of<br />
Labour/Le Travail and author of Workers and<br />
Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
5
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Nutrition Policy in Canada,<br />
1870–1939<br />
Aleck S. Ostry<br />
Capital and Labour in the<br />
British Columbia Forest<br />
Industry, 1934–74<br />
Gordon Hak<br />
Nutrition Policy in Canada,<br />
1870–1939 examines the<br />
beginnings and early evolution<br />
of nutrition policy developments,<br />
mainly at the<br />
federal level, from the late<br />
nineteenth century <strong>to</strong> the<br />
beginning of the Second<br />
<strong>World</strong> War. It outlines the<br />
development of a national<br />
system of food safety and<br />
surveillance, the federal<br />
government’s early policy focus on infant feeding, and<br />
the fac<strong>to</strong>rs leading <strong>to</strong> the establishment of a national<br />
dietary standard.<br />
Aleck Ostry surveys these early developments in<br />
the context of changing food security concerns,<br />
particularly during the challenging economic times of<br />
the 1930s, when, paradoxically, the health status of<br />
the population improved dramatically in spite of widespread<br />
hardship.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Establishing a Food Surveillance System in Canada<br />
2 Infant Mortality, Malnutrition, and Social Reform Prior <strong>to</strong><br />
the First <strong>World</strong> War<br />
3 The Medical Profession and Infant Feeding <strong>to</strong> the 1920s<br />
4 Cow’s Milk: A New Image for the 1920s<br />
5 The First National Infant Feeding Guidelines in Canada<br />
6 Food Safety and Marketing and the Role of the Medical<br />
Profession in Dispensing Nutritional Advice in the 1930s<br />
7 Food Security during the Depression<br />
8 Mortality from Nutritional Deficiency Diseases during<br />
the Depression<br />
9 The Canadian Council on Nutrition and the First National<br />
Dietary Standard<br />
10 Discussion and Conclusions<br />
References; Index<br />
2006, 150 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
9 figures, 6 tables<br />
0-7748-1327-X / 978-0-7748-1327-3 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1328-8 / 978-0-7748-1328-0 paper $34.95<br />
The his<strong>to</strong>ry of British<br />
Columbia’s economy<br />
in the 20th century is<br />
inextricably bound <strong>to</strong> the<br />
development of the forest<br />
industry. In this comprehensive<br />
study, Gordon<br />
Hak approaches this link<br />
from the perspective of<br />
workers and employers<br />
in the industry, examining<br />
the two main institutions<br />
that structured this relationship during the Fordist<br />
era: the companies and the unions.<br />
Hak investigates the broad relationship between<br />
capital and labour in a his<strong>to</strong>rical context, focusing<br />
on the corporations and their employees, but also<br />
taking account of the roles played by the state and<br />
environmental organizations. Drawing on theories<br />
of Fordism, the labour process, and discursive<br />
subjectivity, he relates daily routines of production<br />
and profit-making <strong>to</strong> broader forces of unionism,<br />
business ideology, ecological protest, technological<br />
change, and corporate concentration.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Companies, Markets, and Production Facilities<br />
2 The State, Sustained Yield, and Small Opera<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
3 Establishing Unions<br />
4 Union Politics<br />
5 The Daily Grind: Capital and Labour in the Era of the<br />
Collective Agreement<br />
6 Technology<br />
7 Companies and Unions Meet the Environmental<br />
Movement<br />
Final Remarks<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 272 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
2 maps, 2 tables, 20 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1307-5 / 978-0-7748-1307-5 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1308-3 / 978-0-7748-1308-2 paper $29.95<br />
6<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
The Other Quiet Revolution<br />
National Identities in English<br />
Canada, 1945–71<br />
José E. Igartua<br />
In the twenty years following<br />
the Second <strong>World</strong> War,<br />
dominant representations<br />
of Canadian identity in<br />
anglophone public discourse<br />
underwent a deep<br />
transformation. Notions of<br />
Canadian identity based<br />
on British ethnic roots<br />
gave way <strong>to</strong> a civic-based<br />
concept of equality. The<br />
Other Quiet Revolution<br />
traces this transformation, which underscored the<br />
formation of Canadian nationhood, including the<br />
adoption of the Charter of Rights.<br />
The decade that followed, however, brought struggles<br />
with bilingualism and biculturalism as well as<br />
Quebec’s constitutional demands, which helped<br />
<strong>to</strong> popularize a new “civic” approach <strong>to</strong> national<br />
identity in anglophone Canada – one that embraced<br />
accommodation, pluralism, diversity, and openness.<br />
As English Canada reshaped its self-image, Igartua<br />
argues, the British definition of Canada dissolved and<br />
gave rise <strong>to</strong> an identity based on civic mores that<br />
were no longer linked <strong>to</strong> a British reference.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 “Being of the Breed”<br />
2 The boundaries of Canadian citizenship<br />
3 Values, memories, symbols, myths, and traditions<br />
4 “This Nefarious Work”<br />
5 “When Tories Roar”<br />
6 “Predominantly of British origin”<br />
7 “Bewailing Their Loss”<br />
8 The End of Two Nations<br />
9 Conclusion<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
2 figures, 1 table, 4 b/w illustrations<br />
0-7748-1088-2 / 978-0-7748-1088-3 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1091-2 / 978-0-7748-1091-3 paper $34.95<br />
National Visions,<br />
National Blindness<br />
Canadian Art and Identities in<br />
the 1920s<br />
Leslie Dawn<br />
In the 1920s a complex set<br />
of relationships linked the<br />
construction of a unified<br />
Canadian identity <strong>to</strong> the<br />
imperial centre (England),<br />
<strong>to</strong> the depiction of the<br />
landscape as an imagined<br />
national geography in the<br />
works of the Group of<br />
Seven, and <strong>to</strong> the image of<br />
the “Indian” as a disappearing<br />
race.<br />
Using new archival evidence, he reverses many<br />
of the conventional perceptions of the Group as<br />
a national school, and shows how, in a series of<br />
international exhibitions held in London and Paris,<br />
conflicts arose between their unpeopled landscapes<br />
and the presence of Northwest Coast Native peoples<br />
and arts. Tracing this conflicted his<strong>to</strong>ry through two<br />
state-sponsored programs among the Gitxsan people<br />
of the Upper Skeena River <strong>to</strong> the landmark 1927<br />
exhibition which brought these elements all <strong>to</strong>gether<br />
and staged the “discovery” of Emily Carr, Dawn<br />
shows how these programs ultimately failed, but at<br />
the same time opened the door <strong>to</strong> other directions.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Canadian Art in England<br />
2 England in Canadian Art<br />
3 Canadian Art in Paris<br />
4 Canadian Primitives in Paris<br />
5 Barbeau and Kihn with the S<strong>to</strong>ney in Alberta<br />
6 Barbeau and Kihn with the Gitxsan in British Columbia<br />
7 Giving Gitxsan Totem Poles a New Slant<br />
8 Representing and Repossessing the Skeena Valley<br />
9 West Coast Art, Native and Modern<br />
10 The Downfall of Barbeau<br />
11 Revisiting Carr<br />
Conclusion<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Illustration Credits; Index<br />
2006, 456 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
26 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1217-6 / 978-0-7748-1217-7 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1218-4 / 978-0-7748-1218-4 paper $34.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 7
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
The Middle Power Project<br />
Canada and the Founding of the<br />
United Nations<br />
Adam Chapnick<br />
Shortlisted for the 2005<br />
Dafoe Book Prize,<br />
awarded by the JW Dafoe<br />
Foundation.<br />
During the Second <strong>World</strong><br />
War, Canada transformed<br />
itself from British dominion<br />
<strong>to</strong> self-proclaimed<br />
middle power. It became<br />
an active and enthusiastic<br />
participant in the creation<br />
of one of the longest-lasting global institutions of<br />
recent times: the United Nations. This was, in many<br />
his<strong>to</strong>rians’ opinions, the beginning of a golden age of<br />
Canadian diplomacy..<br />
Contents<br />
1 Introduction<br />
2 Two Steps Behind (Beginnings through January 1942)<br />
3 Private Failure: Canada and the UNRRA (January<br />
1942–November 1943)<br />
4 Public Success: Canada and the New Internationalism<br />
(January 1942–November 1943)<br />
5 Canada, the British Commonwealth, and the New <strong>World</strong><br />
<strong>Order</strong> (February 1943–March 1944)<br />
6 Forked Roads (November 1943–July 1944)<br />
7 Disappointment at Dumbar<strong>to</strong>n Oaks (April–Oc<strong>to</strong>ber<br />
1944)<br />
8 Middle Power Politics (Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 1944–April 1945)<br />
9 The Public Road <strong>to</strong> San Francisco (Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 1944–<br />
April 1945)<br />
10 Growing Up: Canada at San Francisco (April–June 1945)<br />
11 Shaping His<strong>to</strong>ry (June–Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 1945)<br />
Epilogue: Cherishing Illusions<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2005, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1247-8 / 978-0-7748-1247-4 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1248-6 / 978-0-7748-1248-1 paper $32.95<br />
The Heiress vs the<br />
Establishment<br />
Mrs. Campbell’s Campaign for<br />
Legal Justice<br />
Constance Backhouse and<br />
Nancy L. Backhouse<br />
Constance and Nancy<br />
Backhouse have given a<br />
new life <strong>to</strong> this extraordinary<br />
s<strong>to</strong>ry of a woman,<br />
raised in the elite society<br />
of Ontario, who represented<br />
herself in a bitter<br />
legal battle and became<br />
the first woman <strong>to</strong> argue<br />
before the Privy Council<br />
in London. The authors’<br />
meticulous and thoughtful<br />
treatment of Mrs.<br />
Campbell’s first-person<br />
account brings out multiple layers of insight on the<br />
legal profession, gender boundaries, and the fate of<br />
self-represented litigants.<br />
– Beverley McLachlin, Chief Justice of Canada<br />
Contents<br />
Preface / The Hon. Sydney M. Harris<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
Cast of Characters<br />
Introduction<br />
Where Angels Fear <strong>to</strong> Tread<br />
Prologue<br />
Book One, The Lost Will<br />
Book Two, The Plundered Estate<br />
Book Three, Counsel Lay Down Their Brief<br />
Book Four, My Struggle for England<br />
Book Five, Downing Street: The Privy Council<br />
Epilogue<br />
Appendix: Sequence of Legal Proceedings<br />
Notes; Index<br />
2004, 344 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
36 b/w illustrations<br />
0-7748-1052-1 / 978-0-7748-1052-4 cloth $45.00<br />
0-7748-1053-X / 978-0-7748-1053-1 paper $29.95<br />
LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />
8<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ricizing Canadian<br />
Anthropology<br />
Edited by Julia Harrison and<br />
Regna Darnell<br />
Do Glaciers Listen?<br />
Local Knowledge, Colonial<br />
Encounters, and Social Imagination<br />
Julie Cruikshank<br />
A major contribution<br />
<strong>to</strong> the field. Until now,<br />
the literature has been<br />
sparsely populated, so<br />
this volume is a landmark.<br />
It is absolutely unique in<br />
its scope, and will attract<br />
Canadian anthropologists<br />
and others interested<br />
in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of and the<br />
social sciences generally<br />
in Canada.<br />
– Jennifer Brown, co-edi<strong>to</strong>r<br />
of Reading Beyond Words:<br />
Contexts for Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
This comprehensive his<strong>to</strong>ry of Canadian anthropology,<br />
written by an expert group of authors, will form<br />
the foundation for future developments in the field.<br />
I strongly recommend it as an important text for<br />
undergraduates and graduate students.<br />
– Richard Pres<strong>to</strong>n, author of Cree Narrative:<br />
Expressing the Personal Meanings of Events<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ricizing Canadian Anthropology is a watershed<br />
that will revitalize critical reflexivity within the field.<br />
With contributions from a broad cross-section of anthropologists<br />
– from senior scholars <strong>to</strong> doc<strong>to</strong>ral students<br />
– this book is essential reading for practising<br />
Canadian anthropologists, their students, and others<br />
who seek <strong>to</strong> understand the his<strong>to</strong>rical con<strong>to</strong>urs of<br />
the field.<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
Julia Harrison; Regna Darnell; Michael Ames; Vered Amit;<br />
Colin Buchanan; Penny van Esterik; Nelson Graburn;<br />
Michelle Hamil<strong>to</strong>n; Robert Hancock; Brian McKillop; Kathy<br />
M’closkey and Kevin Manuel; David Nock; Andrew Nurse;<br />
Evie Plaice; Richard Pope; Josephine Smart and Alan Smart;<br />
Marc Adélard Tremblay; Jim Waldram and Pam Downe; Elvi<br />
Whittaker and David Howes; and Cory Willmott<br />
2006, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1272-9 / 978-0-7748-1272-6 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1273-7 / 978-0-7748-1273-3 paper $34.95<br />
Cruikshank’s book is<br />
sophisticated, rigorous,<br />
and exciting. Its pages<br />
brim with nuanced takes<br />
on epistemology, sensitive<br />
descriptions of ice,<br />
and rigorous analyses<br />
of cultural interactions.<br />
This is indeed a <strong>to</strong>ur de<br />
force in interdisciplinary<br />
studies.<br />
– Eric G. Wilson, Wake<br />
Forest University, American<br />
His<strong>to</strong>rical Review<br />
Do Glaciers Listen? is the Winner of the Canadian<br />
His<strong>to</strong>rical Association’s 2007 Clio Award for<br />
books on the Northern region; the Society for Humanistic<br />
Anthropology’s 2006 Vic<strong>to</strong>r Turner Prize<br />
in Ethnographic Writing; and the American Anthropological<br />
Association’s 2006 Julian Steward Award.<br />
Contents<br />
List of Illustrations<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
Introduction: The Stubborn Particularities of Voice<br />
Part 1: Matters of Locality<br />
1 Memories of the Little Ice Age<br />
2 Constructing Life S<strong>to</strong>ries: Glaciers as Social Spaces<br />
3 Listening for Different S<strong>to</strong>ries<br />
Part 2: Practices of Exploration<br />
4 Two Centuries of S<strong>to</strong>ries from Lituya Bay: Nature,<br />
Culture, and La Pérouse<br />
5 Bringing Icy Regions Home: John Muir in Alaska<br />
6 . Edward James Glave, the Alsek, and the Congo<br />
Part 3: Scientific Research in Sentient Places<br />
7 Mapping Boundaries: <strong>From</strong> S<strong>to</strong>ries <strong>to</strong> Borders<br />
8 Melting Glaciers and Emerging His<strong>to</strong>ries<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2005, 328 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
23 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 10 maps<br />
0-7748-1186-2 / 978-0-7748-1186-6 cloth $95.00<br />
0-7748-1187-0 / 978-0-7748-1187-3<br />
paper $32.95 CRO<br />
BRENDA AND DAVID MCLEAN CANADIAN STUDIES SERIES<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 9
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
CCF Colonialism in<br />
Northern Saskatchewan<br />
Battling Parish Priests, Bootleggers,<br />
and Fur Sharks<br />
David M. Quiring<br />
Until the 1940s churches,<br />
fur traders, and other<br />
wealthy outsiders held<br />
uncontested control over<br />
Saskatchewan’s northern<br />
region. Following its rise<br />
<strong>to</strong> power in 1944, the CCF<br />
under<strong>to</strong>ok aggressive<br />
efforts <strong>to</strong> unseat these<br />
traditional powers and<br />
<strong>to</strong> install a new socialist<br />
economy and society in<br />
largely Aboriginal northern communities. The next<br />
two decades brought major changes <strong>to</strong> the region<br />
as well-meaning government planners grossly<br />
misjudged the challenges that confronted the north<br />
and failed <strong>to</strong> implement programs that would meet<br />
northern needs. As the CCF’s efforts <strong>to</strong> modernize<br />
and assimilate northern people met with frustration,<br />
it was the northern people themselves that inevitably<br />
suffered from the fallout of this failure.<br />
In an elegantly written his<strong>to</strong>ry that documents the<br />
colonial relationship between the CCF and the<br />
Saskatchewan north, David M. Quiring draws on<br />
extensive archival research and oral his<strong>to</strong>ry <strong>to</strong> offer<br />
a fresh look at the CCF era. This examination will find<br />
a welcome audience among his<strong>to</strong>rians of the north,<br />
Aboriginal scholars, and general readers.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
Part 1: At the Crossroads<br />
Part 2: Building the Colonial Structure<br />
Part 3: The Segregated Economy<br />
Part 4: Poverty-Stricken and Disease-Ridden<br />
Epilogue We Will Measure Our Success<br />
Appendices; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2004, 376 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0938-8 / 978-0-7748-0938-2 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-0939-6 / 978-0-7748-0939-9 paper $29.95<br />
Northern Exposures<br />
Pho<strong>to</strong>graphing and Filming the<br />
Canadian North, 1920–45<br />
Peter Geller<br />
This book examines the<br />
pho<strong>to</strong>graphic and film<br />
practice of the Canadian<br />
government, the Anglican<br />
Church of Canada, and the<br />
Hudson’s Bay Company,<br />
the three major colonial<br />
institutions involved in the<br />
Arctic and Subarctic. In the<br />
first half of the twentieth<br />
century, visual representations<br />
of the region were<br />
widely circulated in official publications and presented<br />
in film shows. Geller reveals the varied ways in<br />
which taking and displaying pictures of northern people<br />
and places contributed <strong>to</strong> the extension of control<br />
over the northern reaches of the Canadian nation.<br />
Northern Exposures contributes <strong>to</strong> understandings<br />
of twentieth-century visual culture and the relationship<br />
between pho<strong>to</strong>graphic ways of seeing and the<br />
expansion of colonial power, while raising important<br />
questions about the role of visual representation in<br />
understanding the past.<br />
Contents<br />
1 Taking Pictures and Making His<strong>to</strong>ry: Pho<strong>to</strong>graphic<br />
Representation and the Canadian North<br />
2 More Than “A Mass of Ice and Snow”: Visualizing the<br />
State in “Canada’s Arctic”<br />
3 Pictures of the “Arctic Night”: Archibald Lang Fleming<br />
and Missionary Messages of the North<br />
4 The Business of Representing the North: Filmmakers,<br />
Pho<strong>to</strong>graphers, and the Fur Traders of the Hudson’s<br />
Bay Company<br />
5 <strong>From</strong> Back <strong>to</strong> Baffin <strong>to</strong> Canada Moves North: Richard<br />
Finnie’s Northern Visions<br />
6 “Re-Making It In<strong>to</strong> Here”: Representation and Power in<br />
Northern Imagery<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Filmography; Index<br />
2004, 280 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
86 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-0927-2 / 978-0-7748-0927-6 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-0928-0 / 978-0-7748-0928-3 paper $32.95<br />
10<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Migration<br />
from Germany <strong>to</strong> Canada,<br />
1850-1939<br />
Jonathan Wagner<br />
A very important book<br />
– the first, in fact, looking<br />
at this subject. The narrative<br />
is clearly written<br />
and it would interest both<br />
those studying immigration<br />
and ethnic his<strong>to</strong>ry, as<br />
well as the German-Canadian<br />
reading public.<br />
– Alexander Freund,<br />
Chair, German-Canadian<br />
Studies, University of<br />
Winnipeg<br />
While much has been written about Canada’s multicultural<br />
heritage, little attention has been paid <strong>to</strong><br />
German migrants although they compose Canada’s<br />
third largest European ethnic minority.<br />
A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Migration from Germany <strong>to</strong> Canada,<br />
1850-1939 addresses that gap in the record.<br />
Jonathan Wagner considers why Germans left their<br />
home country, why they chose <strong>to</strong> settle in Canada,<br />
who assisted their passage, and how they crossed<br />
the ocean <strong>to</strong> their new home, as well as how the<br />
Canadian government perceived and solicited<br />
them as immigrants. He examines the German<br />
context as closely as developments in Canada,<br />
offering a new, more complete approach <strong>to</strong> German-Canadian<br />
immigration.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Migration in the 1850s and 1860s<br />
2 Migration in the Age of Bismarck and Macdonald, 1870-<br />
90<br />
3 Migration in the Generation before the Great War, 1890-<br />
1914<br />
4 Interwar Migration, 1919-1939<br />
Conclusion<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
Negotiating Identities in<br />
19th and 20th Century<br />
Montreal<br />
Edited by Bettina Bradbury and<br />
Tamara Myers<br />
Negotiating Identities<br />
presents a colourful<br />
tapestry of Montreal’s<br />
social his<strong>to</strong>ry in essays<br />
that respond sensitively<br />
<strong>to</strong> issues of class, gender,<br />
age, religion, and<br />
culture... These studies<br />
enrich our knowledge of<br />
one of Canada’s great<br />
cities and raise questions<br />
that warrant investigation<br />
in other urban contexts.<br />
– Judith Fingard, co-edi<strong>to</strong>r<br />
of Mothers of the Municipality: Women, Work,<br />
and Social Policy in Post-1945 Halifax<br />
Negotiating Identities in 19th and 20th Century<br />
Montreal illuminates the cultural complexity and<br />
richness of a modernizing city and its people.<br />
Readers will discover the links between identity,<br />
place, and his<strong>to</strong>rical moment as they meet vagrant<br />
women, sailors in port, unemployed men of the<br />
Great Depression, elite families, shopkeepers,<br />
reformers, notaries, and social workers, among<br />
others. This fascinating study explores the intersections<br />
of state, people, and the voluntary sec<strong>to</strong>r<br />
<strong>to</strong> elucidate the processes that <strong>to</strong>ok people<br />
between homes and cemeteries, between families<br />
and shops, and on<strong>to</strong> the streets.<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
Mary Anne Poutanen; Darcy Ingram; Anna Shea and<br />
Suzanne Mor<strong>to</strong>n; Brian Young; Marie-Eve Harbec; Karine<br />
Hébert; Sylvie Taschereau; and Jarrett Rudy<br />
2005, 328 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
15 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1197-8 / 978-0-7748-1197-2 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1198-6 / 978-0-7748-1198-9 paper $32.95<br />
2005, 296 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1215-X / 978-0-7748-1215-3 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1216-8 / 978-0-7748-1216-0 paper $32.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 11
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
River of Memory<br />
The Everlasting Columbia<br />
William D. Layman<br />
Vanishing British Columbia<br />
Michael Kluckner<br />
The Columbia River<br />
of <strong>to</strong>day bears little<br />
resemblance <strong>to</strong> the<br />
river Native Americans,<br />
First Nations,<br />
and settlers knew in<br />
the early twentieth<br />
century. Engineering<br />
has transformed<br />
much of the river in<strong>to</strong> a series of large reservoirs<br />
contained by fourteen hydroelectric dams. While<br />
many grieved the loss of the free-flowing river, others<br />
embraced a newly tamed waterway that could control<br />
floods, irrigate desert lands, and supply electrical<br />
power for the growing region.<br />
River of Memory honours a place and time now<br />
gone from view. It res<strong>to</strong>res an unfettered Columbia<br />
through more than ninety his<strong>to</strong>rical pho<strong>to</strong>graphs that<br />
capture the river as it once appeared. This extraordinary<br />
visual record is accompanied by the words<br />
of early explorers, surveyors, and naturalists who<br />
wrote about specific places along the river and by<br />
the work of contemporary Canadian and American<br />
writers and poets.<br />
Contents<br />
Foreword<br />
Introduction<br />
1 The Mouth of the Columbia <strong>to</strong> Celilo Falls<br />
2 Celilo Falls <strong>to</strong> Snake River<br />
3 Snake River <strong>to</strong> the International Boundary<br />
4 International Boundary <strong>to</strong> Columbia Lake<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
Credits; Acknowledgments<br />
2006, 168 pages, 11 x 9”<br />
130 colour and duo<strong>to</strong>ne illustrations<br />
0-7748-1303-2 / 978-0-7748-1303-7 paper $29.95<br />
The old buildings and<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ric places of<br />
British Columbia form<br />
a kind of “roadside<br />
memory,” a tangible<br />
link with s<strong>to</strong>ries of<br />
settlement, change,<br />
and abandonment<br />
that reflect the great<br />
themes of our his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
With small <strong>to</strong>wns<br />
declining and old rural<br />
properties changing, so little of the his<strong>to</strong>ry of these<br />
places has been recorded in museums or archives,<br />
and so much of it may disappear as families disperse<br />
and memories dim.<br />
The study of roadside memory demonstrates the<br />
visceral connection that people, especially those<br />
who are part of the rural-<strong>to</strong>-urban diaspora of modern<br />
times, have for the sites of their family memories.<br />
On a grander scale this approach leads <strong>to</strong> a<br />
broader understanding of more abstract his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
themes and of the province’s his<strong>to</strong>ry and culture. It<br />
also presents a compelling argument for stewardship<br />
of regional his<strong>to</strong>ry in the face of urbanization<br />
and globalization.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Themes & Variations<br />
2 Southwestern Mainland<br />
3 Hope-Prince<strong>to</strong>n & Tulameen<br />
4 The Okanagan; Boundary Country<br />
5 The Kootenays<br />
6 Fraser-Thompson-Shuswap<br />
7 Vancouver Island<br />
8 The Cariboo & the Chilcotin<br />
9 The Nort<br />
10 The Future<br />
Painting Notes; Additional Notes & Acknowledgments;<br />
Bibliography; Index<br />
224 pages, 8.5 x 11”<br />
220 colour illus., 130 b/w illus., 22 maps<br />
0-7748-1125-0 / 978-0-7748-1125-5 cloth $49.95<br />
0-7748-1126-9 / 978-0-7748-1126-2 paper $39.95<br />
12<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Awful Splendour<br />
A Fire His<strong>to</strong>ry of Canada<br />
Stephen J. Pyne<br />
Another blockbuster from one of the world’s foremost<br />
environmental his<strong>to</strong>rians. Pyne is a master of rich detail<br />
married <strong>to</strong> grand narrative, and Canada provides a<br />
huge subject worthy of those talents. He portrays that<br />
great northern country in all of its ecological complexity<br />
and then shows how a complex political entity of<br />
nation and province interacted <strong>to</strong> forge policy. This<br />
book sets a new standard for all future writing about<br />
Canadian lands and peoples.<br />
– Donald Worster, author, Nature’s Economy:<br />
A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Ecological Ideas<br />
Fire is a defining element in Canadian land and life. With<br />
few exceptions, Canada’s forests and prairies have<br />
evolved with fire; its peoples have exploited fire and<br />
sought <strong>to</strong> protect themselves from its excesses; and<br />
since Confederation, the country has devised institutions<br />
<strong>to</strong> connect fire and society. Awful Splendour narrates<br />
the his<strong>to</strong>ry of this grand saga.<br />
Fire remains a vital presence in the boreal environment.<br />
How Canadians have chosen <strong>to</strong> relate <strong>to</strong> it says a great<br />
deal about their national character. Awful Splendour will<br />
interest geographers, his<strong>to</strong>rians, and members of the<br />
fire community.<br />
Contents<br />
Author’s note: A Boreal Burning Bush<br />
Prologue: White Canada<br />
Book 1: Torch<br />
Book 2: Axe<br />
With Fire in Their Eyes: Gabriel Sagard and Henry Hind<br />
“Burning Most Furiously”<br />
Book 3: Engine<br />
Dominion of Fire: Canada’s Quest for Fire Conservancy<br />
Sea and Shield: Fire Provinces of Eastern Canada<br />
Fire’s Lesser Dominion<br />
Plain and Mountain: Fire Provinces of Western Canada<br />
Revanchism and Federalism<br />
Fire’s Outer Limits: Fire Provinces on the Fringe<br />
Epilogue: Green Canada<br />
Notes<br />
Bibliographic Essay<br />
Index<br />
Stephen J. Pyne is a professor in the School of<br />
Life Sciences at Arizona State University.<br />
Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 2007<br />
450 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />
Approx. 32 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 6 maps<br />
0-7748-1391-1 / 978-0-7748-1391-4<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1392-X / 978-0-7748-1392-1<br />
paper $34.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
13
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Creating a Modern<br />
Countryside<br />
Liberalism and Land Resettlement<br />
in British Columbia<br />
James Mur<strong>to</strong>n<br />
Exceptionally well-written.<br />
This book makes a very<br />
significant contribution<br />
indeed <strong>to</strong> environmental<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry, BC his<strong>to</strong>ry, and<br />
intellectual his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
– Barry Ferguson, author<br />
of Remaking Liberalism<br />
In the early 1900s, British<br />
Columbia embarked on<br />
a brief but intense effort,<br />
with long consequences,<br />
<strong>to</strong> manufacture a modern countryside. For the first<br />
time, the state directly intervened in planning and<br />
implementing land settlement. Creating a Modern<br />
Countryside examines how this process unfolded<br />
and assesses its consequences.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
Part 1: A Modern Countryside<br />
1 Liberalism and the Land<br />
2 Soldiers, Science, and an Alternative Modernity<br />
Part 2: Where Apples Grow Best<br />
3 Stump Farms: Soldier Settlements at Merville<br />
4 Creating <strong>Order</strong> at Sumas<br />
5 Achieving the Modern Countryside<br />
Part 3: Back <strong>to</strong> Work<br />
6 Pattullo’s New Deal<br />
Conclusion<br />
Appendix<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2007, 280 Pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1337-7 / 978-0-7748-1337-2 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1338-5 / 978-0-7748-1338-9<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />
The Archive of Place<br />
Unearthing the Pasts of<br />
the Chilcotin Plateau<br />
William J. Turkel<br />
William Turkel’s great<br />
achievement in this book<br />
is <strong>to</strong> show how once takenfor-granted<br />
accounts of<br />
geophysical processes,<br />
Aboriginal occupancy, and<br />
colonial settler society<br />
have now come <strong>to</strong> underpin<br />
sharply conflicting<br />
understandings of his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
– Julie Cruikshank, author,<br />
Do Glaciers Listen?<br />
This book weaves <strong>to</strong>gether<br />
a series of narratives about environmental his<strong>to</strong>ry in<br />
British Columbia’s Chilcotin Plateau. In the 1990s, the<br />
Chilcotin was at the centre of three terri<strong>to</strong>rial conflicts.<br />
Opposing groups, in their struggle <strong>to</strong> control the fate<br />
of the region, invoked different understandings of its<br />
past – and different types of evidence – <strong>to</strong> justify their<br />
actions. Turkel uses these controversies as case studies<br />
<strong>to</strong> examine how people interpret material traces <strong>to</strong><br />
reconstruct past events, the conditions under which<br />
such interpretation takes place, and the role that this<br />
interpretation plays in his<strong>to</strong>rical consciousness and social<br />
memory. It is a wide-ranging and original study that<br />
extends the span of conventional his<strong>to</strong>rical research.<br />
Contents<br />
Foreword: Putting Things in Their Place / Graeme Wynn<br />
Preface; Acknowledgments<br />
Part 1: Deep Time in the Present<br />
Part 2: The Horizon of Experience<br />
Part 3: Shadowed Ground<br />
Afterword<br />
Appendices<br />
A Glacial Time<br />
B Geological Time<br />
Glossary; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
Spring 2007, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
3 maps, 1 figure<br />
0-7748-1376-8 / 978-0-7748-1376-1 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1377-6 / 978-0-7748-1377-8<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />
14<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Hunters at the Margin<br />
Native People and Wildlife<br />
Conservation in the Northwest<br />
Terri<strong>to</strong>ries<br />
John Sandlos<br />
With deft prose and an<br />
array of revealing case<br />
studies, John Sandlos<br />
presents a powerful<br />
new interpretation of<br />
Canada’s conservation<br />
policies in the Northwest<br />
Terri<strong>to</strong>ries. Hunters at<br />
the Margin could not be<br />
more central <strong>to</strong> current<br />
efforts <strong>to</strong> rethink the<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ries of nature and<br />
Native peoples alike.<br />
– Karl Jacoby, author of Crimes Against Nature<br />
Hunters at the Margin draws on themes from<br />
Canadian, environmental, and ecological his<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />
Northern studies, and Native studies <strong>to</strong> illuminate<br />
the intersection between the discourse of wildlife<br />
conservation and the expansion of state power in<br />
northern Canada.<br />
Contents<br />
Maps, Tables, Figures<br />
Foreword: The Enigmatic North / Graeme Wynn<br />
Preface<br />
Introduction: Wildlife and Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Part 1: Bison<br />
1 Making Space for Wood Bison<br />
2 Control on the Range<br />
3 Pas<strong>to</strong>ral Dreams<br />
Part 2: Muskox<br />
4 The Polar Ox<br />
Part 3: Caribou<br />
5 La Foule! La Foule!<br />
6 To Save the Wild Caribou<br />
7 The Caribou Crisis<br />
Conclusion, Appendix, Notes, Bibliography, Index<br />
2007, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1362-8 / 978-07748-1362-4 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1363-6 / 978-07748-1363-1<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />
Hunting for Empire<br />
Narratives of Sport in<br />
Rupert’s Land, 1840–70<br />
Greg Gillespie<br />
This work provides an<br />
innovative examination of<br />
material not often covered<br />
in Canadian his<strong>to</strong>riography.<br />
It brings <strong>to</strong>gether<br />
approaches and questions<br />
from sport his<strong>to</strong>ry and<br />
cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry … By<br />
situating the discussion so<br />
effectively in the context<br />
of current work in cultural<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry, the manuscript<br />
provides an excellent way<br />
of encouraging readers <strong>to</strong><br />
examine published materials in a new light.<br />
– Colin Coates, Canada Research Chair in Cultural<br />
Landscapes, York University<br />
Despite Canada’s vast wilderness and outdoor<br />
heritage, the his<strong>to</strong>ry of sport hunting remains at the<br />
periphery of academic thought. Hunting for Empire<br />
writes sport hunting in<strong>to</strong> Canadian scholarship and<br />
provides a starting point for further study.<br />
Hunting for Empire offers a cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry of sport<br />
and imperialism as revealed through 19th-century<br />
British big-game hunting and exploration narratives<br />
from the western interior of Rupert’s Land. Greg<br />
Gillespie integrates critical perspectives from cultural<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry, cultural studies, literary criticism, and<br />
cultural geography <strong>to</strong> analyze the themes of authorship,<br />
sport, science, and nature. Blending these<br />
interdisciplinary perspectives, he produces a unique<br />
theoretical lens <strong>to</strong> study narratives of early imperial<br />
sport hunting that prevailed before the rise of western<br />
Canada’s hunting <strong>to</strong>urism industry in the late 19th<br />
century.<br />
Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 2007, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
22 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1354-7 / 978-0-7748-1354-9 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1355-5 / 978-0-7748-1355-6<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
15
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
The Culture of Flushing<br />
A Social and Legal His<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />
Sewage<br />
Jamie Benidickson<br />
States of Nature<br />
Conserving Canada’s Wildlife in the<br />
Twentieth Century<br />
Tina Loo<br />
Benidickson does a fine<br />
job of comparing issues<br />
across national borders,<br />
and is one of only a very<br />
few studies that integrates<br />
English, American,<br />
and Canadian experiences.This<br />
is a very good<br />
synthesis of an important<br />
<strong>to</strong>pic that should be of<br />
interest <strong>to</strong> scholars in<br />
many fields and <strong>to</strong> people<br />
in many walks of life.<br />
– Martin V. Melosi, author, Effluent America and<br />
The Sanitary City<br />
To most, the flush of a <strong>to</strong>ilet seems a routine motion<br />
<strong>to</strong> banish waste and ensure cleanliness: safe, efficient,<br />
necessary, nonpolitical, and utterly unremarkable.<br />
However, this social and legal his<strong>to</strong>ry of sewage<br />
in Canada, the US, and the UK demonstrates that the<br />
uncontroversial reputation of flushing is deceptive. In<br />
a time when community water quality can no longer<br />
be taken for granted, this book is particularly relevant,<br />
as it delves in<strong>to</strong> and clarifies the murky issues<br />
surrounding the evolution of the culture of flushing.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 The Advantage of a Flow of Water<br />
2 Navigating Aquatic Priorities<br />
3 A Source of Civic Pride<br />
4 The Water Closet Revolution<br />
5 Municipal Evacuation<br />
6 Learning <strong>to</strong> Live Downstream<br />
7 The Bacterial Assault on Local Government<br />
8 The Dilutionary Impulse at Chicago<br />
9 Separating Water from the Waterways<br />
10 Streams are Nature’s Sewers<br />
11 Riparian Resurrection<br />
12 Governing Water<br />
Conclusion: Water Quality and the Future of Flushing<br />
2006, 368 pages, 12 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1291-5 / 978-0-7748-1291-7 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1292-3 / 978-0-7748-1292-4<br />
paper $29.95 (publishing July 2007)<br />
NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />
Loo uses the his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />
Canadian wildlife conservation<br />
as a lens through<br />
which <strong>to</strong> view the changing<br />
attitude of Canadians<br />
<strong>to</strong> wildlife in the twentieth<br />
century… It is this kind of<br />
reassessment that makes<br />
States of Nature such<br />
a welcome addition <strong>to</strong><br />
the literature on wildlife<br />
conservation<br />
– Bill Waiser, The Beaver<br />
Winner of the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association’s<br />
2007 Sir John A. Macdonald Prize.<br />
States of Nature traces the social, political, and his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
roots of Canadian wildlife conservation. While<br />
noting the influence of celebrity conservationists<br />
such as Jack Miner and Grey Owl, Tina Loo emphasizes<br />
the impact of ordinary people on the evolution<br />
of wildlife management in Canada. She also explores<br />
the elements leading up <strong>to</strong> the emergence of the<br />
modern environmental movement, ranging from the<br />
reliance on and practical knowledge of wildlife demonstrated<br />
by rural people <strong>to</strong> the more aloof and scientific<br />
approach of state-sponsored environmentalism.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface / Graeme Wynn<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Wild by Law: Animals, People, and the State <strong>to</strong> 1945<br />
2 Make Way for Wildlife: Colonization, Resistance, and<br />
Transformation<br />
3 The Dominion of Father Goose: Local Knowledge and<br />
Wildlife Conservation<br />
4 The Hudson’s Bay Company and Scientific Conservation<br />
5 Buffalo Burgers and Reindeer Steaks: Government<br />
Wildlife Conservation in Postwar Canada<br />
6 Preda<strong>to</strong>rs and Postwar Conservation<br />
7 <strong>From</strong> Wildlife <strong>to</strong> Wild Places<br />
Conclusion; Pho<strong>to</strong> essay; Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
35 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map<br />
0-7748-1289-3 / 978-0-7748-1289-4 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1290-7 / 978-0-7748-1290-0 paper $29.95<br />
NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />
16<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Environmental His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Shaped by the West Wind<br />
Nature and His<strong>to</strong>ry in Georgian Bay<br />
Claire Elizabeth Campbell<br />
Culture of Hunting in Canada<br />
Edited by Jean Manore and Dale<br />
Miner<br />
Campbell gives a wellreasoned<br />
and reflective<br />
yet unromanticized account<br />
of a place that has<br />
captivated many people<br />
for centuries (herself and<br />
myself included). Her<br />
prose is crisp and fluid,<br />
and the book is a true<br />
pleasure <strong>to</strong> read.<br />
– Nik Luka, University of<br />
Toron<strong>to</strong> Quarterly<br />
This is not a narrowly<br />
conceived local his<strong>to</strong>ry but a focused argument<br />
about how places take on shifting cultural meanings<br />
over time. Claire Elizabeth Campbell argues that<br />
the environment of Georgian Bay is not simply<br />
an imagined geography but has been created<br />
through an active engagement between cultural<br />
readings and physical circumstances. Shaped<br />
by the West Wind speaks <strong>to</strong> a wide variety of<br />
disciplines including geography, art and design,<br />
literary criticism, environmental studies, and public<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> anyone interested in the<br />
environmental dimensions of Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
Contents<br />
Foreword: Of Canoes and Pines and Rock-Bound Gardens /<br />
Graeme Wynn<br />
Introduction: Writing a His<strong>to</strong>ry of Place<br />
1 “What word of this curious country”: Surveying the<br />
His<strong>to</strong>rical Landscape<br />
2 “A Region of Importance”: Industry and Land Use<br />
3 “A Vivid Reminder of a Vanished Era”: Imagining Natives<br />
and His<strong>to</strong>ry in a Terre Sauvage<br />
4 Rocks and Reefs: The Culture of an Inland Sea<br />
5 “Our Dear North Country”: Developing a Sense of Place<br />
6 “Some Proper Rule”: Managing and Protecting<br />
Georgian Bay<br />
Conclusion Listening <strong>to</strong> the Bay<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2004, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1098-X / 978-0-7748-1098-2 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1099-8 / 978-0-7748-1099-9 paper $32.95<br />
The Culture of Hunting in<br />
Canada is about a pivotal<br />
but little studied aspect of<br />
Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry, culture,<br />
and society. It covers<br />
elements of the his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />
hunting from the pre-colonial<br />
period until the present<br />
in all parts of Canada,<br />
featuring essays by practitioners<br />
and scholars of<br />
hunting and by pro- and<br />
anti-hunting lobbyists. The result crosses the boundaries<br />
between scholarship and personal reflection, and<br />
between academia and advocacy.<br />
The essays collected here address important his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
and contemporary issues regarding the culture<br />
and practice of hunting. Topics include hunting identities;<br />
conservation and its relationship <strong>to</strong> hunting; tensions<br />
between hunters and non-hunters and between<br />
Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal hunting groups; hunting<br />
ethics; debates over hunting practices and regulations;<br />
animal rights; and gun control. The discussion<br />
involves consideration of the social, political, and<br />
economic context as well as class and racial tensions<br />
between sport hunters and subsistence hunters.<br />
Contents<br />
Illustrations<br />
Preface<br />
Introduction<br />
Part 1: Hunting and Identity<br />
Part 2: Hunting and Conservation in His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Part 3: Hunting and Contemporary Challenges<br />
Conclusion;<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
Index<br />
2006, 288 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
2 figures, 2 tables, 7 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1293-1 / 978-0-7748-1293-1 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1294-X / 978-0-7748-1294-8 paper $32.95<br />
NATURE | HISTORY | SOCIETY SERIES<br />
www.ubcpress.ca / 1 877 864 8477 17
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Myth and Memory<br />
S<strong>to</strong>ries of Indigenous-European Contact<br />
Edited by John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz<br />
The so-called “contact narratives” – s<strong>to</strong>ries indigenous<br />
peoples and Europeans tell about their first encounters<br />
with each other – are enormously valuable his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
records, but their relevance is not limited <strong>to</strong> the<br />
past. For settlers, they are origin s<strong>to</strong>ries, explanations<br />
for their arrival, and the opening paragraph of<br />
a long rationale for displacing indigenous peoples.<br />
For indigenous peoples, the s<strong>to</strong>ries are a prologue <strong>to</strong><br />
their world’s upheaval. For both, contact s<strong>to</strong>ries are a<br />
mytho-his<strong>to</strong>rical opening act <strong>to</strong> a play that we continuously<br />
recreate and re-perform.<br />
Myth and Memory argues that we are still in the contact<br />
zone, struggling <strong>to</strong> understand the meaning of contact<br />
between indigenous and settler populations. It will appeal<br />
<strong>to</strong> scholars and students in Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry and<br />
First Nations studies, as well as <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>ry enthusiasts<br />
and other readers interested in contact narratives.<br />
John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz is an associate professor of<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria.<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs include Judith Binney,<br />
Keith Thor Carlson, J. Edward (Ted) Chamberlin,<br />
Nora Dauenhauer and Richard Dauenhauer,<br />
Michael Harkin, I.S. MacLaren, Patrick Moore,<br />
and Wendy Wickwire.<br />
2007, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1262-1 / 978-07748-1262-7<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1263-X / 978-07748-1263-4<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
Contents<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
Myth Understandings; or First Contact, Over and Over Again /<br />
John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz<br />
1 Close Encounters of the First Kind / J. Edward Chamberlin<br />
2 First Contact as a Spiritual Performance: Encounters on the<br />
North American West Coast / John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz<br />
3 Reflections on Indigenous His<strong>to</strong>ry and Memory:<br />
Reconstructing and Reconsidering Contact / Keith Thor<br />
Carlson<br />
4 Poking Fun: Humour and Power in Kaska Contact Narratives<br />
/ Patrick Moore<br />
5 Herbert Spencer, Paul Kane, and the Making of “The<br />
Chinook” / I.S. MacLaren<br />
6 Performing Paradox: Narrativity and the Lost Colony of<br />
Roanoke / Michael Harkin<br />
7 S<strong>to</strong>ries from the Margins: Toward a More Inclusive British<br />
Columbia His<strong>to</strong>riography / Wendy Wickwire<br />
8 When the White Kawau Flies / Judith Binney<br />
9 The Interpreter as Contact Point: Avoiding Collisions in<br />
Tlingit America / Richard Dauenhauer and Nora Marks<br />
Dauenhauer and<br />
Notes, Bibliography, Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs, Index<br />
18<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Makúk<br />
A New His<strong>to</strong>ry of Aboriginal-White Relations<br />
John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz<br />
The his<strong>to</strong>ry of Aboriginal-settler interactions in Canada<br />
continues <strong>to</strong> haunt the national imagination. Despite<br />
billions of dollars spent on the “Indian problem,” Aboriginal<br />
people remain the poorest in the country. Because<br />
the stereotype of the “lazy Indian” is never far from the<br />
surface, many Canadians wonder if the problem lay with<br />
“Indians” themselves.<br />
John Lutz traces Aboriginal people’s involvement in the<br />
new economy, and their displacement from it, from the<br />
first arrival of Europeans <strong>to</strong> the 1970s. Drawing upon<br />
oral his<strong>to</strong>ries, manuscripts, newspaper accounts, biographies,<br />
and statistical analysis, Lutz shows that Aboriginal<br />
people flocked <strong>to</strong> the workforce and prospered in<br />
the late 19th century. The roots of <strong>to</strong>day’s widespread<br />
unemployment and “welfare dependency” date only<br />
from the 1950s, when deliberate and inadvertent policy<br />
choices – what Lutz terms the “white problem”– drove<br />
Aboriginal people out of the capitalist, wage, and<br />
subsistence economies, offering them welfare as “compensation.”<br />
Makúk invites readers in<strong>to</strong> a dialogue with the past with<br />
visual imagery and an engaging narrative that gives a<br />
voice <strong>to</strong> Aboriginal peoples and other his<strong>to</strong>rical figures.<br />
Students, scholars, policy-makers (Aboriginal and non-<br />
Aboriginal), and a wide public who care <strong>to</strong> bring the<br />
spectres of the past in<strong>to</strong> the light of the present will find<br />
the book insightful and invaluable.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface; Acknowledgments<br />
1 Introduction<br />
2 The Lazy Indian<br />
3 The Lekwungen<br />
4 The Tsilhqot’in<br />
5 Outside His<strong>to</strong>ry: Labourers of the Aboriginal Province<br />
6 The White Problem<br />
7 Prestige <strong>to</strong> Welfare: Remaking the Moditional Economy<br />
8 Conclusion: The Outer Edge of Probability, 1970–2006<br />
Appendices<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
John Sut<strong>to</strong>n Lutz teaches in the Department<br />
of His<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria and is coedi<strong>to</strong>r,<br />
with Jo-Anne Lee, of Situating “Race” and<br />
Racisms in Space, Time, and Theory.<br />
September 2007<br />
416 pages, 8 x 10”<br />
80 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 10 maps, 10 tables, 8 figures<br />
0-7748-1139-0 / 978-0-7748-1139-2<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1140-4 / 978-0-7748-1140-8<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
19
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Be of Good Mind<br />
Essays on the Coast Salish<br />
Edited by Bruce Granville Miller<br />
Be of Good Mind brings <strong>to</strong>gether the views of Aboriginal<br />
leaders, anthropologists, his<strong>to</strong>rians, archaeologists,<br />
and linguists about how Coast Salish lives<br />
and identities have been reshaped by two colonizing<br />
nations and by networks of kinfolk, spiritual practices,<br />
and understandings of landscape.<br />
This is the first book-length effort <strong>to</strong> directly incorporate<br />
Aboriginal perspectives and a broad interdisciplinary approach<br />
<strong>to</strong> research about the Coast Salish. Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
point <strong>to</strong> the continual reshaping of Coast Salish identities<br />
through litigation and language revitalization, as<br />
well as community efforts <strong>to</strong> reclaim their connections<br />
with the environment.<br />
Readers interested in First Nations his<strong>to</strong>ry and contemporary<br />
issues in Canada and Aboriginal-academic<br />
relations will find this essential reading, as will scholars<br />
interested in ethnographic methods and interdisciplinary<br />
inquiry.<br />
Bruce Granville Miller is a professor of<br />
anthropology at the University of<br />
British Columbia.<br />
2007, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1323-7 / 978-07748-1323-5<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1324-5 / 978-07748-1324-2<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
Contents<br />
List of Illustrations, Acknowledgments<br />
Introduction / Bruce Granville Miller<br />
1 Coast Salish His<strong>to</strong>ry / Alexandra Harmon<br />
2 The Not So Common / Daniel L. Boxberger<br />
3 We Have <strong>to</strong> Take Care of Everything That Belongs <strong>to</strong> Us /<br />
Naxaxalhts’i, Albert (Sonny) McHalsie<br />
4 To Honour Our Ances<strong>to</strong>rs We Become Visible Again /<br />
Raymond (Rocky) Wilson<br />
5 Toward an Indigenous His<strong>to</strong>riography: Events, Migrations,<br />
and the Formation of “Post-Contact” Coast Salish Collective<br />
Identities / Keith Thor Carlson<br />
6 “I Can Lift Her Up ...”: Fred Ewen’s Narrative Complexity /<br />
Crisca Bierwert<br />
7 Language Revival Programs of the Nooksack Tribe and the<br />
Stó:lo Nation / Brent Galloway<br />
8 Stó:lo Identity and the Cultural Landscape of S’ólh Téméxw /<br />
David M. Schaepe<br />
9 Conceptions of Coast Salish Warfare, or Coast Salish<br />
Pacifism Reconsidered: Archaeology, Ethnohis<strong>to</strong>ry, and<br />
Ethnography / Bill Angelbeck<br />
10 Consuming the Recent for Constructing the Ancient:<br />
The Role of Ethnography in Coast Salish Archaeological<br />
Interpretation / Colin Grier<br />
Index<br />
20<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
New His<strong>to</strong>ries for Old<br />
Changing Perspectives on Canada’s Native Pasts<br />
Edited by Ted Binnema and Susan Neylan<br />
Scholarly depictions of the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Aboriginal people<br />
in Canada have changed dramatically since Arthur J.<br />
(Skip) Ray entered the field in the early 1970s. This collection<br />
examines Ray’s role in this transformation, and<br />
it extends scholarship on Canada’s Aboriginal his<strong>to</strong>ry in<br />
new directions.<br />
New His<strong>to</strong>ries for Old combines essays by senior his<strong>to</strong>rians,<br />
geographers, and anthropologists with contributions<br />
by new voices in these fields. Dealing with regions<br />
from the Great Lakes <strong>to</strong> the Pacific Coast, contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
examine the fur trade, treaties, and Indian policy, and<br />
they explore the relationship between Natives and<br />
newcomers in the fur trade and elsewhere. This collection<br />
related recent his<strong>to</strong>riographical developments <strong>to</strong><br />
Ray’s scholarship by offering a snapshot of the kinds<br />
of inquiry established and emerging scholars presently<br />
conduct.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction / Ted Binnema and Susan Neylan<br />
1 Arthur J. Ray and the Writing of Aboriginal His<strong>to</strong>ry / Ted<br />
Binnema and Susan Neylan<br />
2 Rupert’s Land, Nituskeenan, Our Land: Cree and English<br />
Naming and Claiming around the Dirty Sea / Jennifer Brown<br />
3 Echo of the Crane: Tracing Anishinawbek and Metis Title <strong>to</strong><br />
Bawating (Sault Ste. Marie) / Vic<strong>to</strong>r Lytwyn<br />
4 Compact, Contract, Covenant: The Evolution of Indian<br />
Treaty Making / J.R. Miller<br />
5 Smallpox along the Frontier of the Plains Borderlands at the<br />
Turn of the Twentieth Century / Jody Decker<br />
6 Mapping the New El Dorado: The Fraser River Gold Rush<br />
and the Appropriation of Native Space / Daniel Marshall<br />
7 Innovation, Tradition, Colonialism, and Aboriginal Fishing<br />
Conflicts in the Lower Fraser Canyon / Keith Thor Carlson<br />
8 Meanings of Mobility on the Northwest Coast / Paige<br />
Raibmon<br />
9 “Choose Your Flag”: Perspectives on the Tsimshian<br />
Migration from Metlakatla, BC, <strong>to</strong> New Metlakatla, Alaska,<br />
1887 / Susan Neylan<br />
10 Gitksan Law and Settler <strong>Disorder</strong>: The Skeena “Uprising” of<br />
1888 / R.M. Galois<br />
11 Arthur J. Ray and the Empirical Opportunity / Cole Harris<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs; Index<br />
Ted Binnema is associate professor of his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
at the University of Northern British Columbia.<br />
Susan Neylan is a member of the Department<br />
of His<strong>to</strong>ry at Wilfrid Laurier University.<br />
November 2007<br />
336 pages, 8 maps, 4 tables, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1413-6 / 978-0-7748-1413-3<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1414-4 / 978-0-7748-1414-0<br />
paper $34.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
21
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
The Ermatingers<br />
A 19th-Century Ojibwa-Canadian Family<br />
W. Brian Stewart<br />
In about 1800, fur trader Charles Ermatinger married<br />
an Obijwa woman, Mananowe. Their three sons grew up<br />
with both their mother’s hunter/warrior culture and their<br />
father’s European culture. As adults, they lived adventurously<br />
in Montreal and St Thomas, where they were<br />
accepted and loved by fellow citizens while publicly<br />
retaining their Ojibwa heritage.<br />
The Ermatingers contrasts the “European” commercial<br />
and trading society in urban Montreal, where Charles<br />
was brought up, with the Ojibwa hunter/warrior values<br />
of Mananowe’s society. Their sons variously risked life<br />
at war in Spain and in the Upper and Lower Canada<br />
rebellions, policed Montreal streets in an era of riots,<br />
spied on the Fenians on the US border, and made<br />
a hazardous journey <strong>to</strong> help establish the Canadian<br />
Pacific Railway’s route. Brian Stewart argues that the<br />
sons’ Ojibwa traditions and values shaped their adult<br />
lives: during their adventures, the sons fought for Native<br />
rights for themselves as well as for Ojibwa relatives and<br />
friends.<br />
W. Brian Stewart worked as a feature writer<br />
in his native New Zealand and then in various<br />
positions with the CBC. He retired as head of<br />
Research Services for the English Language<br />
CBC Radio and TV Networks in 1983.<br />
2007, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1 map, 2 charts, 4 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1233-8 / 978-07748-1233-7<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1234-6 / 978-07748-1234-4<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
The Ermatingers is an exciting s<strong>to</strong>ry that contributes <strong>to</strong><br />
our understanding of Indian and European biculturalism<br />
and its effects on those who make up the various forms<br />
of Métis society <strong>to</strong>day. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> general readers<br />
as well as scholars and students in Native studies and<br />
Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
Contents<br />
Figures, Acknowledgments<br />
Introduction<br />
1 The Urban Canadian Grandparents<br />
2 The Upper Country Ojibwa Grandparent<br />
3 Charles Sr’s Fur Trade Career<br />
4 Charles and Charlotte in Montreal<br />
5 A Wild Man’s Land and a <strong>World</strong> of Virgil<br />
6 Farmer and Cavalry Man: Charles Jr<br />
7 Ojibwa Chief and Montreal Policeman: Charles Jr<br />
8 Soldier, Clerk, and a Last Adventure: James<br />
9 Dandy Turned Hero: William<br />
10 Suppressing Riots in Montreal: William<br />
11 Murder, Militia, and Military Intelligence: William<br />
12 The Ermatinger Women<br />
13 A Lost Past, a Future Unattained<br />
Appendices, Notes, Bibliography, Index<br />
22<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Kiumajut [Talking Back]<br />
Game Management and Inuit Rights, 1950–70<br />
Peter Kulchyski and Frank Tester<br />
Kiumajut [Talking Back] examines the struggle between<br />
Inuit of Canada’s North and Crown administration during<br />
critical decades in Inuit and Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry. Until the<br />
1950s, Inuit lived free from government interference<br />
and control; in the next two decades, an increasingly<br />
powerful northern administration sought <strong>to</strong> impose its<br />
policies and practices on Inuit communities.<br />
Drawing upon new material compiled from archival<br />
sources and oral interviews conducted during three<br />
seasons of community-based research, Peter Kulchyski<br />
and Frank Tester demonstrate how a deeply flawed set<br />
of scientific practices around counting animal populations<br />
led policy makers <strong>to</strong> develop strict policies that<br />
curtailed the activities of Inuit hunters. Animal management<br />
became a justification for controlling hunters and,<br />
in practice, was “hunter management.” However, as<br />
the administration attempted <strong>to</strong> impose its policies,<br />
Inuit resisted. Kulchyski and Tester look closely at Inuit<br />
legal challenges, petitions, and the activities of the first<br />
Inuit community council <strong>to</strong> trace how Inuit began <strong>to</strong> “talk<br />
back” <strong>to</strong> the Canadian state.<br />
Kiumajut examines a range of issues pertinent <strong>to</strong> community<br />
development in Nunavut. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> scholars<br />
and students in Native studies, political science,<br />
law, and geography, and it will engage a general reading<br />
public interested in the Canadian North.<br />
Contents<br />
List of Illustrations<br />
Preface<br />
Introduction<br />
Part I: Managing the Game<br />
1 Trapping and Trading: The Regulation of Inuit Hunting Prior<br />
<strong>to</strong> <strong>World</strong> War II<br />
2 Sagluniit (“Lies”): Manufacturing a Caribou Crisis<br />
3 Sugsaunngittugulli (“We Are Useless”): Surveying the<br />
Animals<br />
4 Who Counts? Challenging Science and the Law<br />
Part II: Talking Back<br />
5 Inuit Rights and Government Policy<br />
6 Baker Lake, 1957: The Eskimo Council<br />
7 Inuit Petition for Their Rights<br />
Conclusion: Contested Ground<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
Peter Kulchyski is head of the Department<br />
of Native Studies at the University of Mani<strong>to</strong>ba<br />
and the author of Like the Sound of a Drum,<br />
winner of the 2006 Alexander Kennedy Isbister<br />
Award. Frank Tester teaches in the Faculty of<br />
Social Work and Family Studies at the University<br />
of British Columbia. They are co-authors of<br />
Tammarniit [Mistakes]: Inuit Relocation in the<br />
Eastern Arctic, 1939–63.<br />
August 2007<br />
328 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />
Approx. 23 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map, 2 tables<br />
0-7748-1241-9 / 978-0-7748-1241-2<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1242-7 / 978-0-7748-1242-9<br />
paper $34.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
23
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
With Good Intentions<br />
Euro-Canadian and Aboriginal Relations<br />
in Colonial Canada<br />
Edited by Celia Haig-Brown and<br />
David A. Nock<br />
Contact Zones<br />
Aboriginal and Settler Women in<br />
Canada’s Colonial Past<br />
Edited by Katie Pickles and<br />
Myra Rutherdale<br />
With Good Intentions examines<br />
the joint efforts of<br />
Aboriginal people and individuals<br />
of European ancestry<br />
<strong>to</strong> counter injustice in<br />
Canada when colonization<br />
was at its height, from the<br />
mid-nineteenth <strong>to</strong> the early<br />
twentieth century. These<br />
people recognized colonial<br />
wrongs and worked<br />
<strong>to</strong>gether in a variety of<br />
ways <strong>to</strong> right them, but they could not stem the tide<br />
of European-based exploitation.<br />
The book is neither an apologist text nor an attempt<br />
<strong>to</strong> argue that some colonizers were simply<br />
“well intentioned.” Almost all those considered here<br />
– teachers, lawyers, missionaries, activists – had as<br />
their overall goal the Christianization and civilization<br />
of Canada’s First Peoples. While their sensitivity and<br />
willingness <strong>to</strong> work in concert with Aboriginal people<br />
made them stand out from their less sympathetic<br />
compatriots, they were nonetheless implicated in the<br />
colonialist project, as the contribu<strong>to</strong>rs <strong>to</strong> this volume<br />
make clear.<br />
By discussing examples of Euro-Canadians who<br />
worked with Aboriginal peoples, With Good Intentions<br />
brings <strong>to</strong> light some of the lesser-known complexities<br />
of colonization. This volume is an important resource<br />
for anyone interested in Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry, Native<br />
studies, and issues of colonization of Native peoples.<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
Thomas Abler; Michael Blacks<strong>to</strong>ck; Sarah Carter; Janet E.<br />
Chute; Mary Haig-Brown; Alan Knight; Donald D. Smith; and<br />
Wendy Wickwire<br />
Contact Zones locates<br />
Canadian women’s his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
within colonial and<br />
imperial systems. As<br />
both colonizer and colonized<br />
(sometimes even<br />
simultaneously), women<br />
were uniquely positioned<br />
at the axis of the colonial<br />
encounter – the so-called<br />
“contact zone” – between<br />
Aboriginals and newcomers.<br />
Some women were able <strong>to</strong> transgress the<br />
bounds of social expectation, while others reluctantly<br />
conformed <strong>to</strong> them.<br />
Aboriginal women such as E. Pauline Johnson, Bernice<br />
Loft, and Ethel Brant Monture shaped identities<br />
for themselves in both worlds. By recognizing the necessity<br />
<strong>to</strong> “perform,” they enchanted and educated<br />
white audiences across Canada. On the other side of<br />
the coin, newcomers imposed increasing regulation<br />
on Aboriginal women’s bodies, and they were expected<br />
<strong>to</strong> consent <strong>to</strong> moral, sexual, and marital rules<br />
that white women were already contesting.<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
Jean Barman; Robin Jarvis Brownlie; Sarah Carter; Sherry<br />
Farrell Racette; Jo-Anne Fiske; Carole Gerson; Cecilia<br />
Morgan; Dianne Newell; Adele Perry; Joan I. Sangster; and<br />
Veronica Strong-Boag.<br />
2005, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
16 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1135-8 / 978-0-7748-1135-4 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1136-6 / 978-0-7748-1136-1 paper $32.95<br />
2006, 336 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
16 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1137-4 / 978-0-7748-1137-8 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1138-2 / 978-0-7748-1138-5 paper $32.95<br />
24<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Native His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Good Intentions Gone Awry<br />
Emma Crosby and the Methodist<br />
Mission on the Northwest Coast<br />
Jan Hare and Jean Barman<br />
Unsettling Encounters<br />
First Nations Imagery in the Art of<br />
Emily Carr<br />
Gerta Moray<br />
Shortlisted for the 2007<br />
Roderick Haig-Brown<br />
Award, BC Book Prizes.<br />
Unlike most missionary<br />
scholarship that focuses<br />
on male missionaries,<br />
Good Intentions Gone<br />
Awry chronicles the experience<br />
of a missionary<br />
wife. Based on the letters<br />
of Emma Crosby, Good<br />
Intentions Gone Awry is a fascinating collection.<br />
Crosby, besides being a prolific letter-writer, was<br />
well-educated and an informative writer. Her letters<br />
shed light on a particular era and bear witness <strong>to</strong><br />
the contribution of missionary wives. They show<br />
that mission work was something much more<br />
complex than simple tales of conversion by men<br />
invested in Christianity. Multiple participants shaped<br />
the missionary enterprise, each of them acting on<br />
their own motivations with consequences that no<br />
one would have anticipated.<br />
Contents<br />
Crosby Family Chronology<br />
Simpson’s Early Women Teachers and Missionaries<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Courtship and Marriage<br />
2 Arrival at Fort Simpson<br />
3 Motherhood<br />
4 Emma Alone<br />
5 A Comfortable Routine<br />
6 Adversity<br />
7 Changing Times<br />
8 Good Intentions Gone Awry<br />
9 Repatriation<br />
Afterword by Caroline Dudoward<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2005, 368 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
40 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map<br />
0-7748-1270-2 / 978-0-7748-1270-2 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1271-0 / 978-0-7748-1271-9 paper $29.95<br />
This is an erudite, richly<br />
illustrated, and compelling<br />
narrative of how<br />
Carr related <strong>to</strong> the First<br />
Nations imagery that<br />
brought her national<br />
recognition and iconic<br />
status. Gerta Moray’s<br />
extraordinary account<br />
is sensitive <strong>to</strong> language,<br />
gender, colonial, and racial<br />
issues, reconstructing<br />
a multi-layered and wellresearched<br />
context for Carr’s expeditions. Avoiding<br />
simplistic oppositions, Unsettling Encounters keeps<br />
the expressive drive and creative ambitions of Emily<br />
Carr firmly in the centre.<br />
– Johanne Lamoureux, Université de Montréal<br />
Unsettling Encounters is the Winner of the Canadian<br />
His<strong>to</strong>rical Association’s 2007 Clio Award for books<br />
on the British Columbia region.<br />
Unsettling Encounters is the definitive study of Carr’s<br />
‘Indian’ images, locating them within both the local<br />
context of Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry and the wider international<br />
currents of visual culture. Gerta Moray radically<br />
re-examines Emily Carr’s achievement in representing<br />
Native life on the Northwest Coast in her painting<br />
and writing. By reconstructing a neglected body of<br />
Carr’s work that was central in shaping her vision and<br />
career, it makes possible a new assessment of her<br />
significance as a leading figure in early twentieth-century<br />
North American modernism.<br />
Contents<br />
Foreword / Marcia Crosby<br />
Places Painted By Emily Carr<br />
1 Contexts for a Colonial Artist<br />
2 A Pic<strong>to</strong>rial Record of Native Villages and Totem<br />
3 The Late ‘Indian Villages’<br />
Notes; Bibliographical Essay; Illustrations; Index<br />
2006, 400 pages, 8 ½ x 12”<br />
200 b/w and 90 colour illustrations, 4 maps<br />
0-7748-1282-6 / 978-0-7748-1282-5 cloth $75.00<br />
www.ubcpress.ca / 1 877 864 8477 25
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
A White Man’s Province<br />
British Columbia Politicians and<br />
Chinese and Japanese Immigrants<br />
1858–1914<br />
Patricia E. Roy<br />
“We are not strong<br />
enough <strong>to</strong> assimilate<br />
races so alien from us<br />
in their habits … We are<br />
afraid they will swamp<br />
our civilization as such.”<br />
– Nanaimo Free <strong>Press</strong>,<br />
1914<br />
A White Man’s Province<br />
examines how British<br />
Columbians changed their<br />
attitudes <strong>to</strong>wards Asian<br />
immigrants from one of <strong>to</strong>leration in colonial times<br />
<strong>to</strong> vigorous hostility by the turn of the century and<br />
describes how politicians responded <strong>to</strong> popular cries<br />
<strong>to</strong> halt Asian immigration and restrict Asian activities<br />
in the province.<br />
Contents<br />
Illustrations<br />
Foreword<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
1 The Colonial Sojourners, 1858–1871<br />
2 “A <strong>World</strong> of Their Own”: Morality, Law, and Public Health,<br />
1871–1914<br />
3 Confederation, the Chinese, and the Canadian Pacific<br />
Railway, 1871–1885<br />
4 Checking Chinese and Japanese Competition, 1886–<br />
1896<br />
5 The Politics of Restricting Immigration, 1896–1902<br />
6 Checking Competition within British Columbia, 1896–<br />
1902<br />
7 The Lull before the S<strong>to</strong>rm, 1903–1907<br />
8 The Vancouver Riot and Its Consequences, 1907–1908<br />
9 Making a White Man’s Country, 1908–1914<br />
Epilogue<br />
Appendix<br />
Notes<br />
Manuscript Sources<br />
Index<br />
1989, 345 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0373-8 / 978-0-7748-0373-1 paper $32.95<br />
The Oriental Question<br />
Consolidating a White Man’s<br />
Province, 1914–41<br />
Patricia E. Roy<br />
The Oriental Question<br />
continues Patricia A. Roy’s<br />
study in<strong>to</strong> why British<br />
Columbians – and many<br />
Canadians from outside<br />
the province – were his<strong>to</strong>rically<br />
so opposed <strong>to</strong> Asian<br />
immigration. Drawing on<br />
contemporary press and<br />
government reports and<br />
individual correspondence<br />
and memoirs, Roy<br />
shows how British Columbians consolidated a “white<br />
man’s province” from 1914 <strong>to</strong> 1941 by securing a<br />
virtual end <strong>to</strong> Asian immigration and placing stringent<br />
legal restrictions on Asian competition in the major<br />
industries of lumber and fishing. While its emphasis<br />
is on political action and politicians, the book also<br />
examines the popular pressure for such practices<br />
and gives some attention <strong>to</strong> the reactions of those<br />
most affected: the province’s Chinese and Japanese<br />
residents.<br />
Contents<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
Introduction<br />
1 “The least said, the better”: The War Years, 1914–18<br />
2 “We Could Never Be Welded Together”: The Inassimilability<br />
Question, 1914–30<br />
3 “Putting the Pacific Ocean Between Them”: Halting<br />
Immigration, 1919–29<br />
4 “Shoving the Oriental Around”: Checking Economic<br />
Competition, 1919–30<br />
5 “A Problem of Our Own Peoples”: An Interlude of Apparent<br />
Toleration, 1930–38<br />
6 Inflaming the Coast: The “Menace” from Japan, 1919–41<br />
7 “Poisoned by Politics”: The Danger Within, 1935–41<br />
Conclusion<br />
Notes<br />
Index<br />
2003, 344 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1010-6 / 978-0-77481-010-4 cloth $95.00<br />
0-7748-1011-4 / 978-0-77481-011-1 paper $32.95<br />
26<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
The Triumph of Citizenship<br />
The Japanese and Chinese in Canada, 1941–67<br />
Patricia E. Roy<br />
Patricia E. Roy examines the climax of antipathy <strong>to</strong><br />
Asians in Canada: the removal of all Japanese Canadians<br />
from the BC coast in 1942. Their free return<br />
was not allowed until 1949. Yet the war also brought<br />
increased respect for Chinese Canadians: they were<br />
enfranchised in 1947, and the federal government<br />
softened its ban on Chinese immigration.<br />
The Triumph of Citizenship explains why Canada<br />
ignored the rights of Japanese Canadians and placed<br />
strict limits on Chinese immigration. It explores how<br />
Japanese Canadians and their supporters in the human<br />
rights movement managed <strong>to</strong> halt “repatriation”<br />
<strong>to</strong> Japan, and how Chinese Canadians successfully<br />
lobbied for the same rights as other Canadians <strong>to</strong><br />
sponsor immigrants. The final triumph of citizenship<br />
came in 1967, when immigration regulations were<br />
overhauled and the last remnants of discrimination<br />
were removed.<br />
Contents<br />
Tables and Figures<br />
Abbreviations<br />
Introduction<br />
1 A Civil Necessity: The Decision <strong>to</strong> Evacuate<br />
2 Adverse Sentiments beyond the Coast<br />
3 “Repatriation” <strong>to</strong> Japan and “Non-Repatriation” <strong>to</strong><br />
British Columbia<br />
4 The Effects of the War on the Chinese<br />
5 Toward First-Class Citizenship for Japanese Canadians,<br />
1945–49<br />
6 Beyond Enfranchisement: Seeking Full Justice for<br />
Japanese Canadians<br />
7 Ending Chinese Exclusion: Immigration Policy, 1950–67<br />
Conclusion<br />
Epilogue<br />
Notes<br />
Index<br />
Patricia E. Roy is a professor emerita of his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
at the University of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria and a member of the<br />
Royal Society of Canada.<br />
2007, 400 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
21 illustrations, 1 map, 2 tables<br />
0-7748-1380-6 / 978-0-7748-1380-8<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1381-4 / 978-0-7748-1381-5<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
27
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Hiroshima Immigrants in Canada, 1891–1941<br />
Michiko Midge Ayukawa<br />
This social his<strong>to</strong>ry of migration from Hiroshima <strong>to</strong> Canada<br />
tells the s<strong>to</strong>ry of a community that was destroyed in<br />
1942 but remains in the memories of a rapidly decreasing<br />
number of senior citizens. It describes the political,<br />
economic, and social circumstances that precipitated<br />
emigration from Hiroshima prefecture <strong>to</strong> Canada between<br />
1891 and 1941, and it examines the lives and<br />
experiences of those who settled in western Canada.<br />
Starting with the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the feudal fiefs of Aki and<br />
Bingo that were merged in<strong>to</strong> Hiroshima prefecture,<br />
Ayukawa explains the immigrants’ reasons for migration.<br />
Interviews with three generations of community<br />
members in Canada, as well as with those who never<br />
emigrated, supplement research on immigrant labour,<br />
the central role of women, and the challenges Canadianborn<br />
children faced as they navigated life between two<br />
cultures.<br />
Hiroshima Immigrants in Canada, 1891–1941 draws<br />
on both Japanese- and English-language sources. The<br />
author herself is a second-generation member of the<br />
community she is writing about.<br />
Michiko Midge Ayukawa writes articles and<br />
gives talks on Japanese Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
She lives in Vic<strong>to</strong>ria.<br />
December 2007<br />
208 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />
Approx. 14 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 4 maps, 2 tables<br />
0-7748-1431-4 / 978-0-7748-1431-7<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1432-2 / 978-0-7748-1432-4<br />
paper $24.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
Contents<br />
Illustrations<br />
Prologue<br />
1 The Hiroshima Homeland<br />
2 The First Ones<br />
3 Sojourning and Beyond<br />
4 The Women Come<br />
5 Farmers<br />
6 The Urban Community: Labour Versus Capital?<br />
7 Nisei, The Second Generation<br />
Conclusion<br />
Epilogue<br />
A Note about the Sources<br />
Notes<br />
Bibliography<br />
28<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
The removal and confinement of Japanese Americans<br />
and Japanese Canadians during the Second <strong>World</strong> War<br />
constituted the worst violations of citizenship rights<br />
in 20th-century North America. The book looks at this<br />
injustice by examining, in comparative context, citizen<br />
activism in defence of democracy on behalf of citizens<br />
of Japanese ancestry.<br />
Voices Raised in Protest examines the removal and<br />
deportation of persons of Japanese ancestry during<br />
the Second <strong>World</strong> War by highlighting how its meaning<br />
and impact diverged in Canada and the United States.<br />
Stephanie Bangarth begins with a comparative survey<br />
of removal and related policies, then analyzes the efforts<br />
and discourse of advocates and relevant court<br />
cases. Persons of Japanese ancestry were also active<br />
in their own defence: their critiques of the removal and<br />
deportation policies symbolized a growing interest in<br />
rights, which would provide a foundation for rights activism<br />
in subsequent years.<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian Canadian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Voices Raised in Protest<br />
Defending North American Citizens of<br />
Japanese Ancestry, 1942–49<br />
Stephanie Bangarth<br />
Voices Raised in Protest is timely in light of <strong>to</strong>day’s<br />
debates over ethnic and racial profiling, treatment of<br />
“enemy combatants,” and tensions between civil liberty<br />
and security imperatives. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> scholars and<br />
students in his<strong>to</strong>ry, law, politics, and Asian Canadian/<br />
American studies, as well as <strong>to</strong> activists and general<br />
readers.<br />
Contents<br />
To view the contents of Voices Raised in Protest, please<br />
visit our web site at www.ubcpress.ca.<br />
Stephanie Bangarth is an assistant professor<br />
of his<strong>to</strong>ry at King’s University College, University<br />
of Western Ontario.<br />
November 2007<br />
304 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />
12 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map<br />
0-7748-1415-2 / 978-0-7748-1415-7<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1416-0 / 978-0-7748-1416-4<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
29
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Teachers’ Schools and the Making of the<br />
Modern Chinese Nation-State, 1897–1937<br />
Xiaoping Cong<br />
Teachers’ Schools and the Making of the Modern<br />
Chinese Nation-State is an innovative account of<br />
educational and social transformations in politically<br />
tumultuous early twentieth-century China. It focuses<br />
on the unique nature of Chinese teachers’ schools,<br />
which bridged Chinese and Western ideals, and the<br />
critical role that these schools played in the changes<br />
sweeping Chinese society. It also documents<br />
their role in the empowerment of women and the<br />
production of grassroots forces leading <strong>to</strong> the<br />
Communist Revolution.<br />
Teachers’ Schools and the Making of the Modern<br />
Chinese Nation-State will attract attention from<br />
scholars in Asian studies, Chinese his<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />
educational his<strong>to</strong>ry, and comparative studies, and<br />
will also appeal <strong>to</strong> graduate and undergraduate<br />
students in these fields.<br />
Xiaoping Cong is an assistant professor of<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of Hous<strong>to</strong>n.<br />
2007, 320 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1347-4 / 978-0-7748-1347-1<br />
hc $85.00<br />
0-7748-1348-2 / 978-0-7748-1348-8<br />
pb $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
A major contribution <strong>to</strong> the study of teachers’<br />
schools in Republican China. Cong’s work helps<br />
us understand why China’s rural society and<br />
lasting feudal structure were transformed and<br />
dismantled during the Republican period and<br />
also what led <strong>to</strong> the success of the Chinese<br />
Communist Party in 1949.<br />
– George Wei, author of Sino-American Economic<br />
Relations, 1944–49<br />
Contents<br />
Tables<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
Introduction<br />
1. The Imperial School System and Education Reform in<br />
the Second Half of the Nineteenth Century: A His<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
Review<br />
2. Education and Society in Transition: The Rise of Teachers’<br />
Schools, 1897–1911<br />
3. Pursuing Modernization in Trying Times: Teachers’<br />
Schools from 1912–22<br />
4. Modernity and the Village: The Emergence of Village<br />
Teachers’ Schools, 1922–30<br />
5. Nationalizing the Local: Teachers’ Schools in Rural<br />
Reconstruction, 1930–37<br />
6. Transforming the Revolution: Social and Political Aspects<br />
of Teachers’ Schools, 1930–37<br />
Conclusion<br />
Glossary of Chinese Names and Terms<br />
Notes<br />
Bibliography<br />
Index<br />
CONTEMPORARY CHINESE STUDIES SERIES<br />
30<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
The Chinese State at the Borders<br />
Edited by Diana Lary<br />
The People’s Republic of China claims 40,000<br />
kilometres of borders and coastline. How did China<br />
become so vast? The state credo describes an<br />
ancient process of cultural expansion, as border<br />
peoples gratefully accept high culture in China<br />
and become inalienable parts of the country. And<br />
yet, the ‘centre’ also fights against manifestations<br />
of discontent in the border regions, not only <strong>to</strong><br />
maintain control over the regions themselves, but<br />
also <strong>to</strong> prevent a loss of power at the edges of<br />
the state from triggering a general process of<br />
devolution in the provinces. These contradictions<br />
take away from the elegance and simplicity of the<br />
official credo. The essays in this volume look at this<br />
relationship over a long span of time, questioning<br />
whether the process of expansion was a benevolent<br />
civilizing mission.<br />
Chapters<br />
1 The Borderlands in Chinese Political Theory, Past and<br />
Present, by Alexander Woodside<br />
2 Ming-Qing Border Defense, the Inward Turn of Chinese<br />
Car<strong>to</strong>graphy, and Qing Expansion in Central Asia in the<br />
Eighteenth Century, by Benjamin Elman<br />
3 Marital Politics on the Manchu-Mongol Frontier in the Early<br />
Seventeenth Century, by Nicola Di Cosmo<br />
4 What Happens When Wang Yangming Crosses the Border,<br />
by Timothy Brook<br />
5 Wang Yangming and the Problem of “Non-Chinese”,<br />
by Leo Shin<br />
6 Embracing Vic<strong>to</strong>ry, Effacing Defeat: Rewriting the Qing<br />
Frontier Campaigns, by Peter Purdue<br />
7 The Qing-Choson Frontier on Mount Paektu,<br />
by Andre Schmid<br />
8 The Amur, as River, as Border, by Vic<strong>to</strong>r Zatsepine<br />
9 The Ethics of Benevolence in French Colonial Vietnam: A<br />
Sino-Franco-Vietnamese Cultural Borderland,<br />
by Van Nguyen-Marshall<br />
10 A zone of nebulous menace: the Guangxi/Indochina<br />
border in the Republican period, by Diana Lary<br />
11 Border Banishment: Political Exile in the Army Farms<br />
of Beidahuang, by Wang Ning<br />
12 L’état, c’est nous? or We have met the oppressor and he<br />
is us? The predicament of minority cadres in the PRC,<br />
by Stevan Harrell<br />
13 Theoretical and Conceptual Perspectives on the<br />
Periphery in Contemporary China, by Pitman Potter<br />
CONTEMPORARY CHINESE STUDIES SERIES<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
Diana Lary is a professor emerita of his<strong>to</strong>ry at<br />
the University of British Columbia.<br />
2007, 352 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1333-4 / 978-0-7748-1333-4<br />
hc $85.00<br />
0-7748-1334-2 / 978-0-7748-1334-1<br />
pb $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
This book is of great importance in helping<br />
<strong>to</strong> reshape our conceptions of “China” as a<br />
spatial entity... The Chinese State at the Borders<br />
makes a highly significant contribution <strong>to</strong> the<br />
surprisingly scanty literature on China’s borders,<br />
and extends its reach beyond that through<br />
comparative examples.<br />
– Naomi Standen, co-edi<strong>to</strong>r of Frontiers in<br />
Question: Eurasian Borderlands, 700-1700<br />
See also: Scars of War, Page 12<br />
31
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Resisting Manchukuo<br />
Chinese Women Writers and the Japanese Occupation<br />
Norman Smith<br />
This is a pathbreaking book. Norman Smith paints<br />
a complex and highly nuanced picture of a colonial<br />
society, which, for decades, has only been examined<br />
in starkly nationalist categories. One of the very<br />
first social his<strong>to</strong>ries of the Japanese occupation in<br />
the cities, Resisting Manchukuo is an artful blend of<br />
literary analysis and fascinating social his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
– Rana Mitter, author of A Bitter Revolution<br />
Resisting Manchukuo reveals the literary world<br />
of Japanese-occupied Manchuria (Manchukuo,<br />
1932–45) and examines the lives, careers, and<br />
literary legacies of seven prolific Chinese women<br />
writers during the occupation.<br />
In Manchukuo, a complex blend of fear and freedom<br />
produced an environment in which Chinese women<br />
writers could articulate dissatisfaction with the<br />
overtly patriarchal and imperialist nature of the<br />
Japanese cultural agenda while working in close<br />
association with colonial institutions.<br />
Norman Smith is an assistant professor of<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry at the University of Guelph.<br />
2007, 224 pages, 34 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1335-8 / 978-0-7748-1335-8<br />
hc $85.00<br />
0-7748-1336-9 / 978-0-7748-1336-5<br />
pb $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
The first book in English on women’s his<strong>to</strong>ry in<br />
twentieth-century Manchuria, Resisting Manchukuo<br />
adds <strong>to</strong> a growing literature that challenges<br />
traditional understandings of Japanese colonialism.<br />
It will be of interest <strong>to</strong> those who study the his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
of East Asia, imperialism, and women.<br />
Contents<br />
1. Introduction: Chinese Women and Cultural Production<br />
in a Japanese Colonial Context<br />
2. Foundations of Colonial Rule in Manchukuo and the<br />
“Woman Question”<br />
3. Manchukuo’s Chinese-Language Literary <strong>World</strong><br />
4. Forging Careers in Manchukuo<br />
5. Disrupting the Patriarchal Foundations of Manchukuo<br />
6. Contesting Colonial Society<br />
7. The Collapse of Empire and Careers<br />
8. Conclusions<br />
CONTEMPORARY CHINESE STUDIES SERIES<br />
32<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Asian His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Tibet and Nationalist China’s Frontier<br />
Intrigues and Ethnopolitics, 1928–49<br />
Hsiao-ting Lin<br />
China’s policies <strong>to</strong>wards Tibet and other ethnic<br />
border terri<strong>to</strong>ries during the political reign of<br />
Chiang Kai-shek and the Nationalists are often<br />
unders<strong>to</strong>od as a deliberate exercise of power. In this<br />
groundbreaking study, Hsiao-ting Lin demonstrates<br />
that the frontier was the subject neither of<br />
concerted aggression on the part of a centralized<br />
and indoctrinated Chinese government, nor of an<br />
ideologically driven nationalist ethnopolitics.<br />
Contents<br />
Maps, Tables, Pho<strong>to</strong>graphs<br />
Preface<br />
Acknowledgements<br />
Prologue<br />
Part 1: The Setting<br />
1. A Localized Regime, National Image, and<br />
Terri<strong>to</strong>rial Fragmentation<br />
2. Professed Frontier Policy, Policy Planners,<br />
and Imagined Sovereignty<br />
Part 2: The Prewar Decade, 1928–37<br />
3. The Unquiet Southwestern Borderlands<br />
4. The Mission <strong>to</strong> Tibet<br />
5. ‘Commissioner’ Politics<br />
Part 3: The Wartime Period, 1938–45<br />
6. Building a Nationalist-Controlled State in<br />
Southwest China<br />
7. The Issue of China-India Roadway via Tibet<br />
8. Rhe<strong>to</strong>ric, Reality, and Wartime China’s<br />
Tibetan Concerns<br />
Part 4: The Postwar Period, 1945–49<br />
9. Postwar Frontier Planning vis-à-vis non-Han<br />
Separatist Movements<br />
10.The Sera Monastery Incident<br />
Epilogue<br />
Notes<br />
Glossary of Names and Terms<br />
Bibliography<br />
Index<br />
CONTEMPORARY CHINESE STUDIES SERIES<br />
Hsiao-ting Lin is a Visiting Fellow at the<br />
Hoover Institution, Stanford University.<br />
2006, 304 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />
2 maps, approx. 10 b/w illustrations<br />
0-7748-1301-6 / 978-0-7748-1301-3<br />
hc $85.00<br />
0-7748-1302-0 / 978-0-7748-1302-0<br />
pb $32.95 (publishing July 2007)<br />
This book adds an important Chinese dimension<br />
<strong>to</strong> the current scholarly discourse on the Tibet<br />
question. Lin’s coverage of recently declassified<br />
Chinese government files and his mastery of<br />
the literature in both English and Chinese is<br />
remarkable. His provocative arguments will<br />
certainly invite serious responses from others in<br />
the field.<br />
– Xiaoyuan Liu, author of Frontier Passages<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
33
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Gender and His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
The Manly Modern<br />
Masculinity in Postwar Canada<br />
Chris<strong>to</strong>pher Dummitt<br />
How did one act like a modern man in postwar Canada?<br />
With a great deal of difficulty. During the Great Depression<br />
and Second <strong>World</strong> War, many men were first out<br />
of work and then away from their families. After the war<br />
came, attempts were made <strong>to</strong> re-establish the traditional<br />
gender hierarchy by emphasizing men’s modernity,<br />
allegedly superior rationality, and ability <strong>to</strong> handle<br />
risk, but the strategy had contradic<strong>to</strong>ry repercussions.<br />
The Manly Modern traces the his<strong>to</strong>ry of what happened<br />
when men’s supposed modernity became one of their<br />
defining features.<br />
Through a series of case studies covering such diverse<br />
subjects as car culture, mountaineering, war veterans,<br />
murder trials, and a bridge collapse, Chris<strong>to</strong>pher Dummitt<br />
argues that the very idea of what it meant <strong>to</strong> be<br />
modern was gendered. A strong current of anti-modernist<br />
sentiment bubbled just beneath the surface of postwar<br />
masculinity, creating rumblings about the state of<br />
modern manhood that, ironically, mirrored the tensions<br />
that burst forth in 1960s gender radicalism.<br />
Chris<strong>to</strong>pher Dummitt is Lecturer in Canadian<br />
Studies at the Institute for the Study of the<br />
Americas at the University of London.<br />
2007, 232 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>,<br />
0-7748-1274-5 / 978-0-7748-1274-0<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-0997-3 / 978-0-7748-0997-9<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing January 2008)<br />
Contents<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
1 Introduction: The Manly Modern<br />
2 Coming Home<br />
3 At Work<br />
4 In the Mountains<br />
5 Before the Courts and on the Couch<br />
6 On the Road<br />
7 Conclusion: Manly Modernism in Hindsight<br />
Notes<br />
Bibliography<br />
Index<br />
SEXUALITY STUDIES SERIES<br />
34<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
In the 1970s, the women’s movement made wife battering<br />
a political issue. Women across Canada organized<br />
transition houses and safe homes <strong>to</strong> provide a sanctuary<br />
for women and children who were fleeing violent<br />
families. Transition houses were more than emergency<br />
shelters: they were hubs of a movement <strong>to</strong> change attitudes<br />
about domestic violence and <strong>to</strong> lobby for legislation<br />
and policy <strong>to</strong> protect women.<br />
No Place <strong>to</strong> Go centres on the women’s shelter movement<br />
in small cities and rural communities across<br />
Canada. Based on local his<strong>to</strong>ries of women’s activism<br />
in Thunder Bay, Kenora, Nelson, and Monc<strong>to</strong>n, it<br />
includes Aboriginal women’s activism in northwestern<br />
Ontario, and examines the political and cultural connections<br />
between family violence and colonization. Nancy<br />
Janovicek makes the case for using local his<strong>to</strong>ries as<br />
a foundation <strong>to</strong> write the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the contemporary<br />
women’s movement.<br />
No Place <strong>to</strong> Go is the first his<strong>to</strong>ry of the battered women’s<br />
shelter movement in Canada. It will appeal <strong>to</strong> readers<br />
interested in women’s his<strong>to</strong>ry, women’s studies, and<br />
public policy.<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Gender and His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
No Place <strong>to</strong> Go<br />
Local His<strong>to</strong>ries of the Battered Women’s<br />
Shelter Movement<br />
Nancy Janovicek<br />
Contents<br />
To view the contents of No Place <strong>to</strong> Go, please visit our<br />
web site at www.ubcpress.ca.<br />
Nancy Janovicek teaches his<strong>to</strong>ry at the<br />
University of Calgary.<br />
Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 2007<br />
160 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1421-7 / 978-0-7748-1421-8<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1422-5 / 978-0-7748-1422-5<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
35
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
An Officer and a Lady<br />
Canadian Military Nursing and the Second <strong>World</strong> War<br />
Cynthia Toman<br />
During the Second <strong>World</strong> War, more than 4,000 civilian<br />
nurses enlisted as Nursing Sisters, a specially-created<br />
all-female officers’ rank of the Canadian Armed Forces.<br />
They served in various medical and surgical settings,<br />
all three armed force branches, and all major theatres<br />
of war as well as in Canada, Newfoundland, the United<br />
States and South Africa. Yet, in spite of their importance,<br />
military nurses and nursing as a form of war<br />
work have long been under-examined.<br />
An Officer and a Lady examines nurses’ experiences<br />
and their contribution <strong>to</strong>ward “winning the war” through<br />
the salvage of sick and injured soldiers. <strong>From</strong> feminist<br />
and social his<strong>to</strong>ry perspectives, Cynthia Toman explores<br />
how gender, war, and medical technology intersected<br />
<strong>to</strong> create legitimate feminine spaces within the<br />
masculine environment of the military. She interrogates<br />
the incongruities and ambivalences involved in military<br />
nurses’ work, including conflicting gendered expectations<br />
as “officers and ladies,” and the contingency of<br />
military nursing “for the duration” only.<br />
Cynthia Toman is an assistant professor<br />
of nursing and is Associate Direc<strong>to</strong>r of the<br />
Associated Medical Services Nursing His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Research Unit at the University of Ottawa.<br />
November 2007<br />
320 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />
Approx. 39 pho<strong>to</strong>s, 7 tables<br />
0-7748-1447-0 / 978-0-7748-1447-8<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1448-9 / 978-0-7748-1448-5<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 “Ready, Aye Ready”: Enlisting Nurses<br />
2 Incorporating Nurses In<strong>to</strong> The Military<br />
3 Shaping Nursing Sisters As “Officers And Ladies”<br />
4 Legitimating Military Nursing Work<br />
5 “The Strain Of Peace”: Community And Social Memory<br />
Conclusion<br />
Appendix: Nursing Sisters Biographies<br />
Selected Bibliography<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published by <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> in association with the Canadian War<br />
Museum<br />
36<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
While volumes have been written about the Protestant<br />
missionary movement in China, scant attention has<br />
been paid <strong>to</strong> the role of nursing and nurses in these<br />
missions. Set against a backdrop of war and revolution,<br />
Healing Henan brings sixty years of missionary nursing<br />
out of the shadows by examining how Canadian nurses<br />
shaped the landscape of health care in the province of<br />
Henan and how China, in turn, influenced the nature of<br />
missionary nursing.<br />
<strong>From</strong> the time Presbyterian missionaries arrived in China<br />
in 1888 until the abrupt closure of the North China<br />
Mission in 1947, Canadian nurses were a ubiqui<strong>to</strong>us<br />
presence in Henan. As China underwent a tumultuous<br />
transition from a dynastic kingdom <strong>to</strong> an independent<br />
republic, Canadian nurses advanced a version of hospital-based<br />
nursing education and practice that rivaled<br />
modern nursing care in Canada.<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Healing Henan<br />
Canadian Nurses at the North China<br />
Mission, 1888–1947<br />
Sonya Grypma<br />
Contents<br />
List of Illustrations<br />
Foreword<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
List of Spellings<br />
List of Abbreviations<br />
Introduction<br />
1 The Gospel of Soap and Water, 1888–1900<br />
2 Visions Interrupted, 1901–20<br />
3 Modern Nursing at Last, 1921–27<br />
4 Golden Years, 1928–37<br />
5 Scattered Dreams, 1937–40<br />
6 War Years, 1941–45<br />
7 The Last Days, 1946–47<br />
Conclusion: Creating a Cloistered Space<br />
Epilogue<br />
Bibliography<br />
Appendices<br />
Index<br />
Sonya Grypma is an associate professor at<br />
the University of Lethbridge School of Health<br />
Sciences.<br />
December 2007<br />
288 pages, est., 6 x 9”<br />
Approx. 44 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 1 map, 1 table<br />
0-7748-1399-7 / 978-0-7748-1399-0<br />
cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1400-4 / 978-0-7748-1400-3<br />
paper $32.95 (publishing July 2008)<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca<br />
37
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Clio’s Warriors<br />
Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rians and<br />
the Writing of the <strong>World</strong> Wars<br />
Tim Cook<br />
Betrayed<br />
Scandal, Politics, and Canadian<br />
Naval Leadership<br />
Richard O. Mayne<br />
Clio’s Warriors is a<br />
lively and impeccably<br />
researched study that<br />
confirms how important<br />
it is <strong>to</strong> understand, not<br />
just how his<strong>to</strong>ry is made,<br />
but how it is recorded. In<br />
writing so persuasively<br />
about Canada’s foremost<br />
military his<strong>to</strong>rians of the<br />
twentieth century, Tim<br />
Cook shows why he is<br />
such a worthy successor<br />
<strong>to</strong> their tradition.<br />
– Jonathan Vance, author of Building Canada:<br />
People and Projects that Made the Nation<br />
Clio’s Warriors examines the role of academic<br />
military his<strong>to</strong>ry in the writing of the world wars in<br />
Canada. To elucidate the role of his<strong>to</strong>rians in codifying<br />
the sacrifice and struggle of a generation, Tim<br />
Cook discusses his<strong>to</strong>rical memory and writing, the<br />
creation of archives, and the war of reputations that<br />
followed each of the world wars.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction: Writing the <strong>World</strong> Wars<br />
1 Documenting War & Forging Reputations, 1914–1918<br />
2 The War of Reputations, 1918–1939<br />
3 Clio in the Service of Mars, 1939–1945<br />
4 His<strong>to</strong>ry Wars and War His<strong>to</strong>ry, 1945–1948<br />
5 Official His<strong>to</strong>ry, Contested Memory, 1948–1960<br />
6 Forging the Canon of Canadian <strong>World</strong> War His<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />
1960–2000<br />
Conclusion: An Ongoing Dialogue<br />
2006, 368 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
30 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1256-7 / 978-0-7748-1256-6 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1257-5 / 978-0-7748-1257-3 paper $29.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
In January 1944, Canada’s<br />
<strong>to</strong>p admiral, Percy<br />
Walker Nelles, was fired<br />
from his post as head of<br />
the Royal Canadian Navy.<br />
Official accounts maintain<br />
that Nelles’s termination<br />
was the result of severe<br />
operational deficiencies<br />
within the navy. This<br />
intriguing his<strong>to</strong>ry reveals<br />
the true s<strong>to</strong>ry behind Vice<br />
Admiral Nelles’s dismissal: a divisive power struggle<br />
between two elite groups within the RCN – the navy’s<br />
regular officers, and a small group of self-appointed<br />
spokesmen of the voluntary naval reserve.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface: The Game and its Players<br />
1 Confused Seas<br />
2 Equal Privileges<br />
3 A Wave of Protest and the Strange Interpretation<br />
4 Trying <strong>to</strong> Keep Afloat<br />
5 Informers, Collabora<strong>to</strong>rs, and Promise Breakers<br />
6 A Loaded Investigation<br />
7 Covering up the Conspiracy<br />
Afterword: Game’s End and the Final Score<br />
Appendices; Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
25 b/w illustrations, 4 figures<br />
0-7748-1295-8 / 978-0-7748-1295-5 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1296-6 / 978-0-7748-1296-2<br />
paper $29.95 (available July 2007)<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
38<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Battle Grounds<br />
The Canadian Military and<br />
Aboriginal Lands<br />
P. Whitney Lackenbauer<br />
“Here Is Hell”<br />
Canada’s Engagement in Somalia<br />
Grant Dawson<br />
In recent years, closures<br />
of Canadian Forces<br />
facilities, the military’s<br />
continued use of airspace<br />
for weapons testing and<br />
low-level flying, increased<br />
environmental awareness,<br />
and Aboriginal land<br />
claims have contributed<br />
<strong>to</strong> a growing interest in<br />
the acquisition, use, and<br />
development of Aboriginal<br />
lands for military training. A study of these spaces<br />
and places, and the relationships and activities that<br />
shaped them, Battle Grounds analyzes a century of<br />
relationships between government officials and aboriginal<br />
communities.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 A Road <strong>to</strong> Nowhere?: The Search for Sites in Mainland<br />
British Columbia, 1907–1930<br />
2 Governmental Uncertainty: The Militia and the Sarcee<br />
Reserve, 1908–39<br />
3 “Pay no attention <strong>to</strong> Sero”: Imperial Flying Training at<br />
Tyendinaga, 1917–18<br />
4 The Thin Edge of a Wedge?: The British Commonwealth<br />
Air Training Plan and Aboriginal Lands, 1940–45<br />
5 Combined Operation: Creating Camp Ipperwash,<br />
1942–45<br />
6 The Cold War at Cold Lake: The Creation of the Primrose<br />
Lake Air Weapons Range, 1951–65<br />
7 In<strong>to</strong> the Driver’s Seat?: The Department of National<br />
Defence and the Sarcee Band, 1940–1982<br />
8 Renegotiating Relationships: Competing Claims in the<br />
1970s and 80s<br />
9 Closing Out the Century<br />
Conclusions and Reflections<br />
Appendices; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
25 b/w illustrations, 21 maps,<br />
2 tables, 1 figure<br />
0-7748-1315-6 / 978-0-7748-1315-0 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1316-4 / 978-0-7748-1316-7 paper $32.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
For many Canadians,<br />
the actions of Canada’s<br />
peacekeeping mission<br />
<strong>to</strong> Somalia in the early<br />
1990s remains a stain<br />
on our reputation as<br />
one of the world’s most<br />
respected peacekeeping<br />
nations. “Here is Hell” is a<br />
deft investigation in<strong>to</strong> the<br />
broader context of that<br />
deployment.<br />
Drawing on interviews with key participants, along<br />
with documents made available during the Somalia<br />
Inquiry and under the Access <strong>to</strong> Information Act,<br />
this study shows how media pressure, government<br />
optimism in the UN, and Canada’s multilateral and<br />
peacekeeping traditions all played a role in determining<br />
the level, length, and tenor of Canada’s engagement<br />
in Somalia.<br />
Contents<br />
Illustrations; Acknowledgments<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Food for Thought: Multilateral Humanitarianism and the<br />
Somalia Crisis <strong>to</strong> March 1992<br />
2 The Canadian Forces and the Recommendation <strong>to</strong> Stay<br />
out of Somalia<br />
3 “Do Something Significant”: Government Reconsideration<br />
of the Somalia Crisis<br />
4 The Humanitarian Airlift Takes Flight<br />
5 Sticking with the (Wrong) Peacekeeping Mission<br />
6 Problems with the Expanded UN Operation<br />
7 Robust Multilateralism: Support for the Unified Task<br />
Force<br />
8 Unified Task Force: Canada’s First Post-Cold War<br />
Enforcement Coalition<br />
9 Stay or Go? Weighing a Role in the Second UN Mission<br />
10 The Canadian Joint Force Somalia: In the Field<br />
Conclusion<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1 map, 1 table, 25 b/w illustrations<br />
0-7748-1297-4 / 978-0-7748-1297-9 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1298-2 / 978-0-7748-1298-6 paper $29.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 39
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Fighting <strong>From</strong> Home<br />
The Second <strong>World</strong> War in<br />
Verdun, Quebec<br />
Serge Durflinger<br />
Prisoners of the Home Front<br />
German POWs and “Enemy Aliens” in<br />
Southern Quebec, 1940–46<br />
Martin F. Auger<br />
Fighting from Home paints<br />
a comprehensive portrait<br />
of Verdun and Verdunites<br />
at war. Serge Durflinger offers<br />
an innovative interpretation<br />
of wartime Canadian<br />
and Quebec social and<br />
cultural dynamics.<br />
In Verdun, English and<br />
French speakers lived<br />
side by side. Durflinger<br />
shows that, through their<br />
home-front activities as much as through enlistment,<br />
French-speaking Verdunites were partners beside<br />
their English-speaking neighbours in the prosecution<br />
of Canada’s war. Shared experiences and class similarities<br />
facilitated the development of common local<br />
identities based in pride and belonging. The need for<br />
social accommodation shaped responses based in a<br />
sense of local, not necessarily national, identity. They<br />
were all Verdunites and this is more a s<strong>to</strong>ry of convergence<br />
than divergence.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction: Studying War at the Local Level<br />
1 Forging a Community<br />
2 Once More In<strong>to</strong> the Breach<br />
3 City Hall Goes <strong>to</strong> War<br />
4 The People’s Response<br />
5 Institutions and Industry<br />
6 Family and Social Dislocation<br />
7 The Political War<br />
8 Peace and Reconstruction<br />
Conclusion<br />
2006, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
30 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 15 tables, 2 maps<br />
0-7748-1260-5 / 978-0-7748-1260-3 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1261-3 / 978-0-7748-1261-0 paper $32.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
In the middle of the most<br />
destructive conflict in<br />
human his<strong>to</strong>ry, almost<br />
40,000 Germans were<br />
detained in internment<br />
and work camps across<br />
Canada. Five internment<br />
camps were located<br />
on the southern shores<br />
of the St. Lawrence<br />
River in the province of<br />
Quebec. Prisoners of the<br />
Home Front details the organization and day-<strong>to</strong>day<br />
affairs of these internment camps and reveals<br />
the experience of their inmates. Martin Auger<br />
shows how internment imposed psychological and<br />
physical strain in the form of restricted mobility,<br />
sexual deprivation, social alienation, and lack of<br />
physical comfort. In response, Canadian authorities<br />
introduced labour projects and education programs<br />
<strong>to</strong> uphold morale, thwart internal turmoil, and<br />
prevent escapes. These initiatives were also<br />
intended <strong>to</strong> expose German prisoners <strong>to</strong> the values<br />
of a democratic society and prepare for their<br />
postwar reintegration.<br />
Contents<br />
1 A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Internment<br />
2 Organizing and Developing Southern Quebec’s<br />
Internment Operation<br />
3 Life behind Barbed Wire<br />
4 Labour Projects<br />
5 Educational Programs<br />
6 Canada’s Internment Experience: A Home Front Vic<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
2005, 240 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
8 tables<br />
0-7748-1223-0 / 978-0-7748-1223-8 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1224-9 / 978-0-7748-1224-5 paper $32.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
40<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
The Soldiers’ General<br />
Bert Hoffmeister at War<br />
Douglas E. Delaney<br />
Foreword by J.L. Granatstein<br />
Commanding Canadians<br />
The Second <strong>World</strong> War Diaries of<br />
A.F.C. Layard<br />
Edited by Michael Whitby<br />
Self-doubt so plagued<br />
him that he suffered a<br />
nervous breakdown even<br />
before fighting his first<br />
combat action. But by<br />
the end of the Second<br />
<strong>World</strong> War, Bert Hoffmeister<br />
had exorcised<br />
his anxieties, risen <strong>to</strong><br />
Major-General, and won<br />
more awards than any<br />
other Canadian officer in<br />
the war. Fighting from the invasion of Sicily in July<br />
1943 <strong>to</strong> the final vic<strong>to</strong>ry in Europe in May 1945,<br />
this native Vancouverite earned a reputation as a<br />
fearless commander – one who led from the front<br />
and was well loved by those he commanded. How<br />
did he do it?<br />
Contents<br />
1 Looking at Command<br />
2 A Young Man before the War<br />
3 The Years of Company Command and<br />
Personal Turmoil<br />
4 Battalion Command: Training For War<br />
5 Battalion Command: The Battlefield Test<br />
6 Brigade Command<br />
7 Division Command and the Liri Valley<br />
8 The Lessons <strong>From</strong> Liri<br />
9 Gothic Line <strong>to</strong> the End in Italy<br />
10 Northwest Europe and After<br />
11 Hoffmeister and Command<br />
2005, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
21 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 15 maps, 11 figures<br />
0-7748-1148-X / 978-0-7748-1148-4 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1149-8 / 978-0-7748-1149-1 paper $32.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
There is NOTHING in print<br />
anywhere that captures<br />
a sense of the whole war<br />
at sea from 1939-45,<br />
let alone the Atlantic<br />
war, like this book. It is a<br />
remarkable document,<br />
revealing the routine<br />
of daily life for a naval<br />
officer and providing<br />
unique insight in<strong>to</strong> the<br />
later stages of anti-submarine<br />
warfare in the<br />
Second <strong>World</strong> War.<br />
– Marc Milner, author of Battle of the Atlantic<br />
Commander A.F.C. Layard, RN, wrote almost daily<br />
in his diary, in bold, neat script, from the time he<br />
entered the Royal Navy as a cadet in 1913 until his<br />
retirement in 1947. The pivotal 1943–45 years of<br />
this edited volume offer an extraordinarily full and<br />
honest chronicle, revealing Layard’s preoccupations,<br />
both with the daily details and with the strain and<br />
responsibility of wartime command at sea.<br />
Contents<br />
Prologue: Like Cutting Butter<br />
Introduction: An Officer and His Diary<br />
1 One Does Get Tired of Them, September–<br />
December 1943<br />
2 Shaking Down, January–March 1944<br />
3 Overseas, March–May 1944<br />
4 The Great Endeavour, May–July 1944<br />
5 Exasperation Inshore, July–Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 1944<br />
6 Deep Open Waters, Oc<strong>to</strong>ber–December 1944<br />
7 Wreck <strong>to</strong> Wreck, Contact <strong>to</strong> Contact, January–<br />
March 1945<br />
8 Oasis of Comfort and Happiness, March–May 1945<br />
Epilogue: Respite<br />
2005, 416 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
30 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 3 maps<br />
0-7748-1193-5 / 978-0-7748-1193-4 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1194-3 / 978-0-7748-1194-1 paper $32.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 41
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Home<strong>to</strong>wn Horizons<br />
Local Responses <strong>to</strong> Canada’s<br />
Great War<br />
Robert Rutherdale<br />
Saints, Sinners, and Soldiers<br />
Canada’s Second <strong>World</strong> War<br />
Jeffrey A. Keshen<br />
A readable and engaging<br />
book that adds <strong>to</strong> our<br />
understanding of the<br />
impact of the First <strong>World</strong><br />
War on Canadian society<br />
and <strong>to</strong> the important<br />
place of social discourse,<br />
images, rituals,<br />
and imagination in the<br />
processes of social communication<br />
and social<br />
differentiation.<br />
– Norman Knowles,<br />
Associate Professor<br />
of His<strong>to</strong>ry, St. Mary’s College<br />
Home<strong>to</strong>wn Horizons considers how people and communities<br />
on the Canadian home front perceived the<br />
Great War. Robert Rutherdale examines how farmers<br />
near Lethbridge, Alberta; shopkeepers in Guelph,<br />
Ontario; and civic workers in Trois-Rivières, Québec<br />
<strong>to</strong>ok part in local activities that connected their everyday<br />
lives <strong>to</strong> a tumultuous period in his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Places and Sites<br />
2 Dancing before Death<br />
3 Hierarchies<br />
4 Demonizations<br />
5 Conscription Contested<br />
6 Gendered Fields<br />
7 Men Like Us<br />
8 Beyond Home<strong>to</strong>wn Horizons<br />
2004, 360 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
16 b/w illustrations, 10 figures, 3 maps<br />
0-7748-1013-0 / 978-0-7748-1013-5 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1014-9 / 978-0-7748-1014-2 paper $32.95<br />
An extraordinary look<br />
at how Canadians lived,<br />
loved, and worked on<br />
the home front during<br />
the Second <strong>World</strong> War.<br />
[Keshen] has produced<br />
the single best study of<br />
rapidly changing social<br />
values in a time of great<br />
crisis that we have.<br />
Absolutely first-rate.<br />
– J.L. Granatstein, author<br />
of Canada’s Army<br />
Saints, Sinners, and Soldiers acknowledges the<br />
underbelly of Canada’s Second <strong>World</strong> War, showing<br />
how moral and social changes during the war precipitated<br />
numerous, and often contradic<strong>to</strong>ry, legacies in<br />
law and society.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Patriotism<br />
2 Growth, Opportunity, and Strain<br />
3 The Wartime Prices and Trade Board and the<br />
Accommodation Crisis<br />
4 Black Market Profiteering: “More than a fair share”<br />
5 (Im)moral Matters<br />
6 Civilian Women: “Two steps forward and one step back”<br />
7 Women Warriors: “Exactly on a par with the men”<br />
8 The Children’s War: “Youth Run Wild”<br />
9 The Men Who Marched Away: “Everyone here is<br />
optimistic”<br />
10 A New Beginning: “A very clear tendency <strong>to</strong> improve<br />
upon pre-enlistment status”<br />
2004, 416 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
31 b/w illustrations, 8 figures, 3 tables<br />
0-7748-0924-8 / 978-0-7748-0924-5 paper $27.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
42<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Military His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Fight or Pay<br />
Soldiers’ Families in the Great War<br />
Desmond Mor<strong>to</strong>n<br />
[A] beautifully written<br />
book about the his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />
a society and its government<br />
in wartime. Not only<br />
does Mor<strong>to</strong>n shed fascinating<br />
light on the <strong>to</strong>pic<br />
of soldiers’ dependants,<br />
but he reveals the much<br />
broader implications for<br />
the study of gender, class,<br />
state power, and race.<br />
– Jonathan Vance, author<br />
of Death so Noble<br />
The First <strong>World</strong> War is remembered largely for<br />
the immense sacrifice in life and limb of Canadian<br />
soldiers. Desmond Mor<strong>to</strong>n tells the s<strong>to</strong>ries of those<br />
who paid in lieu of fighting – the wives, mothers,<br />
and families left behind when soldiers went <strong>to</strong><br />
war. A pan-Canadian s<strong>to</strong>ry, Fight or Pay brings<br />
<strong>to</strong> light the lives of thousands of valiant women<br />
whose sacrifices have been overlooked in previous<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ries of the Great War. It is an incisive, humane<br />
look at the beginning of Canada’s social welfare<br />
system and a compelling addition <strong>to</strong> the landscape<br />
of Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
Contents<br />
1 War and Families<br />
2 Pay and Allowances<br />
3 The Patriotic Fund<br />
4 Choices and Responsibilities<br />
5 Homecomings<br />
6 Grumbling and Complaining<br />
7 Vic<strong>to</strong>ry for Whom?<br />
8 Never Again<br />
2004, 368 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
27 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 5 tables<br />
0-7748-1108-0 / 978-0-7748-1108-8 cloth $39.95<br />
The Red Man’s on<br />
the Warpath<br />
The Image of the “Indian” and<br />
the Second <strong>World</strong> War<br />
R. Scott Sheffield<br />
Sheffield’s account of how<br />
the Native community was<br />
perceived by non-Natives<br />
has never been duplicated<br />
or even attempted. This<br />
book adds a great deal <strong>to</strong><br />
our understanding of the<br />
war era.<br />
– Michael D. Stevenson,<br />
author of Canada’s Greatest<br />
Wartime Muddle<br />
The Red Man’s on the Warpath<br />
explores how wartime<br />
symbolism and imagery propelled the “Indian problem”<br />
on<strong>to</strong> the national agenda, and why assimilation<br />
remained the goal of post-war Canadian Indian policy<br />
– even though the war required that it be rationalized<br />
in new ways.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 The Image of the “Indian” in English Canada, 1930–39<br />
2 The “Administrative Indian” as Soldier and Conscript,<br />
1939–45<br />
3 The “Public Indian” Goes <strong>to</strong> War, September 1939–<br />
December 1941<br />
4 Winning the War Only <strong>to</strong> Lose the Peace? Reconstructing<br />
the “Public Indian,” 1943–45<br />
5 The “Administrative Indian” at the Threshold of Peace,<br />
January–March 1946<br />
6 In<strong>to</strong> the Arena: Marshalling the Competing Indian Images<br />
in Postwar Canada, 1945–48<br />
7 Whither the “Indian”? The Special Joint Senate and House<br />
of Commons Committee <strong>to</strong> Reconsider the Indian Act,<br />
1946–48<br />
Conclusion<br />
2004, 240 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
9 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1094-7 / 978-0-7748-1094-4 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1095-5 / 978-0-7748-1095-1 paper $32.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 43
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Legal His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Laws and Societies in the<br />
Canadian Prairie West,<br />
1670-1940<br />
Edited by Louis Knafla and<br />
Jonathan Swainger<br />
Despotic Dominion<br />
Property Rights in British<br />
Settler Societies<br />
Edited by John McLaren,<br />
A.R. Buck, and Nancy E. Wright<br />
Laws and Societies in the<br />
Canadian Prairie West,<br />
1670-1940 examines<br />
the legal his<strong>to</strong>ry of the<br />
north-west frontier, from<br />
the earliest years of European-Native<br />
contact in<br />
the seventeenth century<br />
<strong>to</strong> the mid-1900s. Challenging<br />
myths about a<br />
peaceful west and prairie<br />
exceptionalism, the book<br />
explores the substance of prairie legal his<strong>to</strong>ry and<br />
the degree <strong>to</strong> which the region’s mentality is rooted<br />
in the his<strong>to</strong>rical experience of distinctive prairie<br />
peoples.<br />
The chapters focus on what is distinctive in prairie<br />
legal culture. By approaching the issue from a<br />
variety of perspectives – those of colonial administra<strong>to</strong>rs,<br />
fur company employees, Native peoples,<br />
women, men, entrepreneurs, judges, magistrates,<br />
and the police, among others – the authors find<br />
evidence of a conscious effort <strong>to</strong> apply broad, nonregional<br />
experiences <strong>to</strong> seemingly familiar, local<br />
issues. The ways in which prairie peoples perceived<br />
themselves and their relationships <strong>to</strong> a wider world<br />
were directly framed by notions of law and legal<br />
remedy shaped by prairie his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
Louis A. Knafla; Jonathan Swainger; Janice Erion; Hamar<br />
Foster; Tristan M. Goodman; Sidney L. Harring; Zhiqiu Lin<br />
and Augustine Brannigan; Greg Marquis; Roderick G. Martin;<br />
John McLaren; Paul C. Nigol; and Russell C. Smandych.<br />
2005, 360 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
2 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 7 maps, 9 figures, 3 tables<br />
0-7748-1166-8 / 978-0-7748-1166-8 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1167-6 / 978-0-7748-1167-5 paper $34.95<br />
Despotic Dominion brings<br />
<strong>to</strong>gether the work of<br />
scholars whose study of<br />
the evolution of property<br />
law in the colonies recognizes<br />
the value in locating<br />
property law and rights<br />
within the broader political,<br />
economic, and intellectual<br />
contexts of those<br />
societies. The stimulus for<br />
this new interdisciplinary<br />
scholarship has emerged from litigation and political<br />
action for the resolution of questions of Aboriginal<br />
title and other disputes over property rights in several<br />
former settler colonies, most notably Australia,<br />
Canada, and New Zealand. As the essays in this book<br />
demonstrate, a significant part of the recent explosion<br />
in interest and speculation about property rights<br />
relates his<strong>to</strong>rically <strong>to</strong> the securing of a more reliable<br />
cultural context for assessing these claims.<br />
For this reason, Despotic Dominion will be of interest<br />
not only <strong>to</strong> students and researchers of colonial his<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />
but also <strong>to</strong> scholars of native studies and law,<br />
as well as those interested in the contested terrain of<br />
property rights.<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
John McLaren, A.R. Buck, and Nancy E. Wright; Rusty<br />
Bitterman and Margaret McCallum; Alvin J. Esau; Robert<br />
Foster; Philip Girard; Douglas Harris; Richard Overstall;<br />
Brian Slattery; John C. Weaver; and Bruce Ziff.<br />
2004, 396 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
6 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 4 maps<br />
0-7748-1072-6 / 978-0-7748-1072-2 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1073-4 / 978-0-7748-1073-9 paper $32.95<br />
LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />
LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />
44<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Legal His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Regulating Lives<br />
His<strong>to</strong>rical Essays on the State,<br />
Society, the Individual, and the Law<br />
Edited by John McLaren, Robert<br />
Menzies, and Dorothy E. Chunn<br />
Our Box Was Full<br />
An Ethnography for the<br />
Delgamuukw Plaintiffs<br />
Richard Daly<br />
This book will be of great<br />
interest <strong>to</strong> those intrigued<br />
by legal his<strong>to</strong>ry and,<br />
more specifically, the<br />
role the law has played<br />
in constructing people’s<br />
lives, perceptions and<br />
experiences.<br />
– Lindsay Ferguson,<br />
Saskatchewan Law<br />
Review<br />
This book examines Canadian<br />
experiences of social<br />
control, moral regulation, and governmentality during<br />
the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.<br />
Informed by the wealth of theoretical and his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
writings that have recently emerged on these subjects,<br />
the contribu<strong>to</strong>rs explore diverse state, social,<br />
legal, and human encounters with the regulation of<br />
lives in British Columbia and Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry. Incest<br />
in the criminal courts, racial-ethnic dimensions<br />
of alcohol regulation, public health initiatives around<br />
venereal disease, and the seizure and indoctrination<br />
of Doukhobor children, among other issues, are<br />
examined in these nine original essays.<br />
This collection will interest scholars, researchers,<br />
practitioners, and students of a wide range of contexts<br />
including law, his<strong>to</strong>ry, sociology, criminology,<br />
women’s studies, Native studies, social work, and<br />
political science.<br />
Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs<br />
Robert Adamoski; Mimi Ajzenstadt; Gerry Ferguson;<br />
Michaela Freund; Renisa Mawani; and Jay Nelson<br />
2002, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
4 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 4 tables<br />
0-7748-0886-1 / 978-0-7748-0886-6 cloth $29.95<br />
0-7748-0887-X / 978-0-7748-0887-3 paper $32.95<br />
LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />
For the Gitksan and<br />
Witsuwit’en peoples of<br />
northwest British Columbia,<br />
the land is considered<br />
both a food box and a<br />
s<strong>to</strong>rage box of his<strong>to</strong>ry and<br />
wealth; it plays a central<br />
role in their culture, survival,<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry, and identity.<br />
In Our Box Was Full, Richard<br />
Daly explores the<br />
centrality of this notion in<br />
the determination of Aboriginal rights with particular<br />
reference <strong>to</strong> the landmark Delgamuukw case that<br />
occupied the British Columbia courts from 1987 <strong>to</strong><br />
1997. Our Box Was Full provides fascinating insight<br />
in<strong>to</strong> the case and sheds much-needed light on the<br />
role of anthropology in Aboriginal rights litigation.<br />
A rich, compassionate, and original ethnographic<br />
study, the book situates the plaintiff peoples within<br />
the field of forager studies, and emphasizes the kinship<br />
and gift exchange features that pervade these<br />
societies even <strong>to</strong>day.<br />
Contents<br />
Foreword by Michael Jackson<br />
Foreword by Peter Grant<br />
1 Introduction<br />
2 The Reciprocities of a Pole-Raising Feast<br />
3 A Giving Environment: Nutrition and Seasonal Round<br />
4 A Kinship Economy<br />
5 Production Management and Social Hierarchy<br />
6 Gifts, Exchange, and Trade<br />
7 Owners and Stewards<br />
8 Epilogue<br />
Afterword by Don Ryan, Masgaak<br />
Notes; References; Index<br />
2004, 344 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1074-2 / 978-0-7748-1074-6 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1075-0 / 978-0-7748-1075-3 paper $32.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 45
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Recent Releases<br />
Longitude and Empire<br />
How Captain Cook’s Voyages<br />
Changed the <strong>World</strong><br />
Brian Richardson<br />
Journey <strong>to</strong> the Ice Age<br />
Discovering an Ancient <strong>World</strong><br />
Peter L. S<strong>to</strong>rck<br />
Before Captain Cook’s<br />
three voyages, <strong>to</strong> Europeans<br />
the globe was uncertain<br />
and dangerous; after,<br />
it was comprehensible<br />
and ordered. Written as a<br />
conceptual field guide <strong>to</strong><br />
the voyages, Longitude<br />
and Empire offers a significant<br />
rereading of both the<br />
expeditions and modern<br />
political philosophy. More<br />
than any other work, printed accounts of the voyages<br />
marked the shift from early modern <strong>to</strong> modern<br />
ways of looking at the world.<br />
Contents<br />
Introductions The S<strong>to</strong>ry; The Book; The Author<br />
1 Points Rules of Exploration; Points along a Coast;<br />
The Coordinate System; Verification of Details; The<br />
Possibilities of Location<br />
2 Shapes Grand Divisions; Extreme Places; The Oceanic<br />
Plane; Cook’s Turn <strong>to</strong> Islands; Landscapes and Maps;<br />
The Move <strong>to</strong> Interiors<br />
3 Nations The Orient, the Savage, and Europe; The<br />
Primacy of Place; Studying Nations; Classifying Nations;<br />
Explaining Nations; The Savage, the Noble Savage, and<br />
the Nation<br />
4 States Hobbes; Locke; Rousseau; The Scottish<br />
Enlightenment; The Native State in Cook’s Voyages;<br />
Kant; Finding and Creating the Terri<strong>to</strong>rial Nation-State<br />
5 Collections The Cabinets of Curiosities; Collecting<br />
Nations; The Practices of the Collection; Boredom<br />
and the Collection; The Dangers of Relativism; The<br />
Persistence of Extreme Otherness; The Transcendence<br />
of the Collec<strong>to</strong>r<br />
6 Empires Cook and Empire; Empire As Collection; Empire<br />
As Exchange; Empire As Cultivation; Empire<br />
As Panopticon<br />
Conclusions; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
This is two books in one:<br />
a journey through time <strong>to</strong><br />
meet the people living on<br />
the beaches of Ice Age<br />
lakes, and a personal journey<br />
of the scientist who<br />
found them. S<strong>to</strong>rck’s narrative<br />
is a delightful tale<br />
of science in action and a<br />
lifetime dedicated <strong>to</strong> the<br />
people of long ago. It has<br />
forever changed my view<br />
of the Ontario landscape.<br />
– Bob McDonald, host of<br />
CBC’s Quirks and Quarks<br />
Now available in paperback, Journey <strong>to</strong> the Ice Age is<br />
the winner of several awards, including:<br />
• The 2004 Floyd S. Chalmers Award for the<br />
best book written on the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Ontario,<br />
awarded by the Champlain Society.<br />
• The Clio Award for Ontario, presented by the<br />
Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association for the best book<br />
on Ontario regional his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
• The Public Communication Award of the Canadian<br />
Archaeological Association.<br />
Peter L. S<strong>to</strong>rck is Senior Cura<strong>to</strong>r Emeritus at the<br />
Department of Anthropology, Royal Ontario Museum.<br />
2004, 376 pages, 6.5 x 9.5”<br />
41 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 21 maps, 3 tables<br />
0-7748-1028-9 / 978-0-7748-1028-9 cloth $39.95<br />
0-7748-1029-7 / 978-0-7748-1029-6 paper $29.95<br />
PUBLISHED IN ASSOCIATION WITH THE ROYAL ONTARIO MUSEUM<br />
2005, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
24 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 6 maps<br />
0-7748-1189-7 / 978-0-7748-1189-7 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1190-0 / 978-0-7748-1190-3 paper $32.95<br />
46<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Recent Releases<br />
Selling British Columbia<br />
Tourism and Consumer Culture,<br />
1890-1970<br />
Michael Dawson<br />
Imagining Difference<br />
Legend, Curse, and Spectacle in<br />
a Canadian Mining Town<br />
Leslie A. Robertson<br />
Selling British Columbia is<br />
an entertaining examination<br />
of the development<br />
of the <strong>to</strong>urist industry in<br />
British Columbia between<br />
1890 and 1970. Dawson<br />
draws upon promotional<br />
pamphlets, newspapers,<br />
advertisements, and films,<br />
as well as archival sources<br />
regarding government,<br />
civic, and international<br />
<strong>to</strong>urism organizations. Central <strong>to</strong> his book is an examination<br />
of the representation of popular imagery<br />
and of how aboriginal and British cultures were commodified<br />
and marketed <strong>to</strong> potential <strong>to</strong>urists. He also<br />
looks at the gendered aspect of these promotional<br />
campaigns, particularly during the 1940s, and challenges<br />
earlier interpretations regarding the relationship<br />
between <strong>to</strong>urism and nature in Canada.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction: Tourism and Consumer Culture<br />
1 Boosterism and Early Tourism Promotion in British<br />
Columbia, 1890–1930<br />
2 <strong>From</strong> the Investment <strong>to</strong> the Expenditure Imperative:<br />
Regional Cooperation and the Lessons of Modern<br />
Advertising, 1916–35<br />
3 Entitlement, Idealism, and the Establishment of the<br />
British Columbia Government Travel Bureau, 1935–39<br />
4 The Second <strong>World</strong> War and the Consolidation of the<br />
British Columbia Tourist Industry, 1939–50<br />
5 Differentiation, Cultural Selection, and the Post–war<br />
Travel “Boom”<br />
6 Tourism as a Public Good: The Provincial Government<br />
Manages the Post–war “Boom,” 1950–65<br />
Conclusion: <strong>From</strong> Tourist Trade <strong>to</strong> Tourist Industry<br />
Appendix; Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2004, 280 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
30 tables, 7 figures, 2 maps<br />
0-7748-1054-8 / 978-0-7748-1054-8 cloth $80.00<br />
0-7748-1055-6 / 978-0-7748-1055-5 paper $32.95<br />
Imagining Difference is an<br />
ethnography about his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
and contemporary<br />
ideas of human difference<br />
expressed by residents of<br />
Fernie, BC – a coal-mining<br />
<strong>to</strong>wn transforming in<strong>to</strong> an<br />
international ski resort.<br />
Its starting point is a local<br />
legend about an indigenous<br />
curse cast on the<br />
valley and its residents in<br />
the 19th century. Successive interpretations of the<br />
s<strong>to</strong>ry reveal a complicated landscape of memory<br />
and silence, mapping out official and contested<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ries, social and scientific theories as well as<br />
the edicts of political discourse. Cursing becomes<br />
a metaphor for discursive power resonating in political,<br />
popular, and cultural contexts, transmitting<br />
ideas of difference across generations and geographies.<br />
Although situated in Fernie, BC, this work will<br />
appeal <strong>to</strong> those in anthropology, women’s studies,<br />
Native studies, and his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface: Knowing Who Your Neighbours Are<br />
Introduction: Ideas Make Acts Possible<br />
Part 1 Politics of Cursing<br />
1 Conversations among Europeans and<br />
Other Acts of Possession<br />
2 Constructing the “Foreign”<br />
3 “The S<strong>to</strong>ry As I Know It”<br />
Part 2 Imagining Difference<br />
4 A Moment of Silence<br />
5 Getting Rid of the S<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
6 Development, Discovery, and Disguise<br />
7 One Step Beyond<br />
Epilogue: Waiting<br />
2004, 348 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
2 maps, 20 figures<br />
0-7748-1092-0 / 978-0-7748-1092-0 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1093-9 / 978-0-7748-1093-7 paper $32.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 47
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> / Recent Releases<br />
Negotiated Memory<br />
Doukhobor Au<strong>to</strong>biographical<br />
Discourse<br />
Julie Rak<br />
This is a pioneer work<br />
in the area of literary<br />
studies and criticism in<br />
Canada, but perhaps<br />
more important, it is<br />
the first time... that<br />
Doukhobor literature has<br />
been exposed <strong>to</strong> such<br />
searching examination<br />
and interpretation.<br />
– John McLaren, co-edi<strong>to</strong>r,<br />
Regulating Lives<br />
Using aspects of cultural<br />
studies and au<strong>to</strong>biography studies, Julie Rak examines<br />
how the Doukhobors of Canada employed<br />
standard and alternative forms of au<strong>to</strong>biography <strong>to</strong><br />
create and sustain their own subjectivity and identity.<br />
An innovative study, Negotiating Memory will appeal<br />
<strong>to</strong> those interested in au<strong>to</strong>biography studies as well<br />
as <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians, literary critics, and students and<br />
scholars of Canadian cultural studies.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Beyond Au<strong>to</strong>-Bio-Graphe: Au<strong>to</strong>biography and<br />
Alternative Identities<br />
2 Doukhobor Beliefs and His<strong>to</strong>rical Moments<br />
3 Vechnaiia Pamit in the Diaspora: Community Meanings<br />
of His<strong>to</strong>ry and Migration<br />
4 Negotiating Identity: Doukhobor Oral Narratives<br />
5 Witness, Negotiation, Performance: Freedomite<br />
Au<strong>to</strong>biography<br />
Conclusion: Negotiating the “I” and “We” in Au<strong>to</strong>biography<br />
Notes; References; Index<br />
2004, 172 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
3 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s<br />
0-7748-1030-0 / 978-0-7748-1030-2 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1031-9 / 978-0-7748-1031-9 paper $32.95<br />
The Dominion and<br />
the Rising Sun<br />
Canada Encounters Japan,<br />
1929–41<br />
John D. Meehan<br />
itself in world affairs.<br />
The Dominion and the Rising<br />
Sun is the first major<br />
study of Canada’s diplomatic<br />
arrival in Japan and,<br />
by extension, East Asia.<br />
It examines the political,<br />
economic, and cultural<br />
relations forged during this<br />
seminal period between<br />
the foremost power in Asia<br />
and the young dominion<br />
tentatively establishing<br />
An overview of Canada’s initial foray in<strong>to</strong> Pacific<br />
affairs, it begins with the opening in 1929 of the<br />
Canadian legation in Tokyo – Canada’s third such<br />
office overseas – and concludes with the outbreak<br />
of hostilities in 1941. The Dominion and the Rising<br />
Sun charts Canada’s relationship with Japan,<br />
and is essential reading for those interested in<br />
Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry, international relations, and Asia-<br />
Pacific studies.<br />
Contents<br />
Prologue: Raising the Flag<br />
1 A Window on the Orient<br />
2 <strong>From</strong> Grand Beginnings <strong>to</strong> Depression Diplomacy<br />
3 Manchuria Erupts<br />
4 Failure at Geneva<br />
5 The Calm before the S<strong>to</strong>rm<br />
6 A Bitter National Spirit<br />
7 A Rude Awakening<br />
8 The Road <strong>to</strong> War<br />
9 Pacific Promise<br />
2004, 272 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
20 b/w illustrations, 1 map, 2 tables<br />
0-7748-1120-X / 978-0-7748-1120-0 cloth $85.00<br />
0-7748-1121-8 / 978-0-7748-1121-7 paper $34.95<br />
48<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Undelivered Letters <strong>to</strong><br />
Hudson’s Bay Company Men<br />
on the Northwest Coast of<br />
America, 1830–57<br />
Edited by Helen M. Buss and<br />
Judith Hudson Beattie<br />
In the early nineteenth century, when the Hudson’s<br />
Bay Company (HBC) sent men <strong>to</strong> posts along the<br />
coast of North America’s Pacific Northwest, letters<br />
for those men followed them in the Company’s supply<br />
ships. Sometimes, these letters missed their objects<br />
– the men had returned <strong>to</strong> Britain, or deserted their<br />
ships, or died. These letters tell the s<strong>to</strong>ries of people<br />
whose lives are recounted in traditional his<strong>to</strong>ries. We<br />
are introduced <strong>to</strong> the lives of the letter writers and<br />
their would-be recipients. Their commentaries frame<br />
the words of early nineteenth-century working and<br />
middle class British folk, as well as letters <strong>to</strong> “voyageurs”<br />
from Quebec.<br />
2003, 512 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
38 b/w illustrations, 4 maps<br />
0-7748-0974-4 / 978-0-7748-0974-0 paper $32.95<br />
A War of Patrols<br />
Canadian Army Operations in Korea<br />
William Johns<strong>to</strong>n<br />
This is far and away the most valuable study of the<br />
Canadians in Korea. Johns<strong>to</strong>n’s work has the depth<br />
of archival research characteristic of the best official<br />
his<strong>to</strong>rians, while his iconoclastic, analytical approach<br />
yields new insights and new ways of looking<br />
at old questions. There will be considerable interest<br />
in this book in the United States, Britain, Australia,<br />
and New Zealand, as well as Canada.<br />
– Terry Copp, author of Fields of Fire:<br />
The Canadians in Normandy<br />
2003, 448 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1008-4 / 978-0-7748-1008-1 paper $34.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
Making Native Space<br />
Colonialism, Resistance, and<br />
Reserves in British Columbia<br />
R. Cole Harris<br />
Avoiding Armageddon<br />
Canadian Military Strategy and<br />
Nuclear Weapons, 1950–63<br />
Andrew Richter<br />
As the first comprehensive account of the reserve<br />
system in British Columbia, the book is an important<br />
contribution <strong>to</strong> regional his<strong>to</strong>ry, the his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />
aboriginal-white relations, and colonialism. Perhaps<br />
most unexpectedly, because it puts aboriginal-white<br />
relations in the context of the federal-provincial<br />
wrangling that has shaped the Canadian political<br />
landscape since 1867, it also manages <strong>to</strong> breathe<br />
new life in<strong>to</strong> an old his<strong>to</strong>rical chestnut.<br />
– Tina Loo, American His<strong>to</strong>rical Review, April 2003<br />
Winner of the 2002 Sir John A. Macdonald Prize,<br />
awarded by the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association, and<br />
the 2003 Massey Medal, awarded by the Royal<br />
Canadian Geographical Society.<br />
2002, 448 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
28 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 52 figures<br />
0-7748-0901-9 / 978-0-7748-0901-6 paper $34.95<br />
Andrew Richter examines Canadian military thinking<br />
on key issues of the nuclear age, such as deterrence,<br />
arms control, strategic stability, air defence,<br />
and the domestic acquisition of nuclear weapons.<br />
Avoiding Armageddon illustrates Canada’s considerable<br />
latitude for independent defence thinking while<br />
providing key his<strong>to</strong>rical information that helps make<br />
sense of the contemporary Canadian defence debate.<br />
2002, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0889-6 / 978-0-7748-0889-7 paper $32.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
US pb rights held by Michigan State University <strong>Press</strong><br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 49
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Murdering Holiness<br />
The Trials of Franz Creffield and<br />
George Mitchell<br />
Jim Phillips and Rosemary Gartner<br />
Telling Tales<br />
Essays in Western Women’s His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Edited by Catherine A. Cavanaugh<br />
and Randi R. Warne<br />
Murdering Holiness explores the captivating s<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
of the “Holy Roller” sect led by Franz Creffield in the<br />
early twentieth century.<br />
In this fascinating micro-his<strong>to</strong>ry, Phillips and Gartner<br />
explore the relationships among formal and informal<br />
law, gender relations, and religious repression. It will<br />
interest scholars in law, religion, and gender studies,<br />
as well as anybody interested in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Oregon<br />
and Washing<strong>to</strong>n in the early twentieth century.<br />
2003, 360 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
25 b/w pho<strong>to</strong>s, 2 maps<br />
0-7748-0906-X / 978-0-7748-0906-1 cloth $34.95<br />
LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />
Telling Tales integrates women in<strong>to</strong> the shifting<br />
power matrix of class, race, and gender that undergirded<br />
colonization and settlement. This book<br />
covers a range of <strong>to</strong>pics – including African-American<br />
settlement on Vancouver Island, prairie childbirth<br />
narratives, and Mennonites as domestic servants.<br />
They focus on women of both minority and dominant<br />
cultures and reflect the West’s characteristically<br />
mixed population.<br />
Telling Tales challenges founding myths of the region<br />
and invites a retelling of the s<strong>to</strong>ry of western Canadian<br />
colonization and settlement.<br />
2000, 372 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0795-4 / 978-0-7748-0795-1 paper $32.95<br />
People and Place<br />
His<strong>to</strong>rical Influences on Legal Culture<br />
Edited by Jonathan Swainger and<br />
Constance Backhouse<br />
People and Place demonstrates the fascinating ways<br />
in which personality and locale interact <strong>to</strong> shape the<br />
law, and how location influences legal cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
The essays allow readers <strong>to</strong> explore law’s various<br />
meanings across communities and time and <strong>to</strong> develop<br />
a more profound awareness of the complexity<br />
of human society.<br />
2003, 256 pages, 5 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1033-5 / 978-0-7748-1033-3 paper $29.95<br />
LAW AND SOCIETY SERIES<br />
The Indian Association<br />
of Alberta<br />
A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Action<br />
Laurie Meijer Drees<br />
The Indian Association of Alberta represented the<br />
interests of Alberta’s reserve communities. Its rich<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry reveals much about First Nations’ perspectives<br />
on the place of Indian peoples in Canada before<br />
the emergence of civil rights movements and federal<br />
funding of Native organizations. This book outlines<br />
the significance of treaty rights discussions before<br />
their constitutional entrenchment and documents the<br />
political philosophies of First Nations leaders in the<br />
prairie provinces and will be welcomed by those with<br />
an interest in Native studies, political science, and<br />
Canadian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
2002, 272 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0877-2 / 978-0-7748-0877-4 paper $32.95<br />
50<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Women and the<br />
White Man’s God<br />
Gender and Race in the Canadian<br />
Mission Field<br />
Myra Rutherdale<br />
A Trading Nation<br />
Canadian Trade Policy from<br />
Colonialism <strong>to</strong> <strong>Global</strong>ization<br />
Michael Hart<br />
Between 1860 and 1940, Anglican missionaries<br />
were very active in northern British Columbia, Yukon,<br />
and the Northwest Terri<strong>to</strong>ries. Based on diaries, letters,<br />
and mission correspondence, Women and the<br />
White Man’s God is the first comprehensive examination<br />
of women’s roles in northern domestic missions.<br />
Arguing that the mission encounter challenged<br />
colonial hierarchies, Rutherdale expands our understanding<br />
of colonization at the intersection of gender,<br />
race, and religion. This book is a critical addition <strong>to</strong><br />
a growing body of literature on gender and empire in<br />
Canada and elsewhere.<br />
2002, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0905-1 / 978-0-7748-0905-4 paper $32.95<br />
A Trading Nation, Michael Hart’s brilliantly crafted<br />
overview and analysis of the his<strong>to</strong>rical foundations of<br />
modern Canadian trade policy, is the first survey <strong>to</strong><br />
address the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Canadian commercial policy<br />
in over fifty years. Taking the view that <strong>to</strong> understand<br />
the present and better prepare for the future, we<br />
must first comprehend the past, Hart skilfully guides<br />
readers through more than three centuries of Canadian<br />
trade his<strong>to</strong>ry. Close attention <strong>to</strong> trade and related<br />
economic policy choices, he argues, is crucial if<br />
Canada intends <strong>to</strong> adapt <strong>to</strong> the challenges of the new<br />
globalized economy.<br />
2002, 576 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0895-0 / 978-0-7748-0895-8 paper $34.95<br />
Modern Women<br />
Modernizing Men<br />
The Changing Missions of Three<br />
Professional Women in Asia and<br />
Africa, 1902–69<br />
Ruth Comp<strong>to</strong>n Brouwer<br />
Shortlisted for the 2002 Sir John A. Macdonald<br />
Prize by the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association<br />
Using women’s experiences in colonial India, Korea,<br />
and sub-Saharan Africa as case studies, Modern<br />
Women Modernizing Men explores how professionalism,<br />
religion, and feminism came <strong>to</strong>gether <strong>to</strong> enable<br />
missionary women <strong>to</strong> become the colleagues and<br />
men<strong>to</strong>rs of Western and non-Western men. This book<br />
will be of interest <strong>to</strong> scholars engaged in gender,<br />
women’s, and postcolonial studies, as well as <strong>to</strong><br />
readers interested in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the international<br />
missionary movement.<br />
2002, 212 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0953-1 / 978-0-7748-0953-5 paper $32.95<br />
When Coal Was King<br />
Ladysmith and the Coal-Mining<br />
Industry on Vancouver Island<br />
John R. Hinde<br />
The <strong>to</strong>wn of Ladysmith was one of the most important<br />
coal-mining communities on Vancouver Island<br />
during the early twentieth century.<br />
This book explains the origins of the 1912–14 strike<br />
by examining the development of the coal industry<br />
on Vancouver Island, the founding of Ladysmith, the<br />
experience of work and safety in the mines, the process<br />
of political and economic mobilization, and how<br />
these fac<strong>to</strong>rs contributed <strong>to</strong> the development of identity<br />
and community. Informed by current academic<br />
debates, this readable his<strong>to</strong>ry draws on extensive<br />
archival research, and will appeal <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians and<br />
others interested in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of Vancouver Island.<br />
2003, 288 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
22 b/w illustrations, 3 maps<br />
0-7748-0936-1 / 978-0-7748-0936-8 paper $29.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 51
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Colonizing Bodies<br />
Aboriginal Health and Healing in<br />
British Columbia, 1900–50<br />
Mary-Ellen Kelm<br />
Winner of the 1999 Sir John A. Macdonald Prize,<br />
awarded by the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association<br />
Using post-modern and post-colonial conceptions<br />
of the body and the power relations of colonization,<br />
Kelm explores the effect of Canada’s Indian policy on<br />
Aboriginal bodies and considers how humanitarianism<br />
and colonial medicine were used <strong>to</strong> encourage assimilation.Kelm’s<br />
cross-disciplinary approach results in an<br />
important and accessible book that will be of interest<br />
<strong>to</strong> academic his<strong>to</strong>rians and medical anthropologists<br />
as well as but also <strong>to</strong> those concerned with Aboriginal<br />
health and healing <strong>to</strong>day.<br />
1998, 272 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0678-8 / 978-0-7748-0678-7 paper $32.95<br />
Parties Long Estranged<br />
Canada and Australia in the<br />
Twentieth Century<br />
Edited by Margaret MacMillan and<br />
Francine McKenzie<br />
Margaret MacMillan and Francine McKenzie bring<br />
<strong>to</strong>gether recent and original work <strong>to</strong> illuminate comparisons<br />
and contrasts between two former colonies<br />
of the British Empire.<br />
Parties Long Estranged covers the entire twentieth<br />
century and examines different aspects of Canadian-<br />
Australian relations, including trade, civil aviation,<br />
military, constitutional, imperial, and diplomatic relations.<br />
The comparisons include Aboriginal rights, nation-building,<br />
middle powers, and attitudes <strong>to</strong>wards<br />
the Empire.<br />
2003, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0976-0 / 978-0-7748-0976-4 paper $32.95<br />
The Burden of His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Colonialism, and the Frontier Myth<br />
in a Rural Canadian Community<br />
Elizabeth Furniss<br />
This book is an ethnography of the cultural politics of<br />
Native/non-Native relations in a small interior BC city<br />
– Williams Lake – at the height of land claims conflicts<br />
and tensions. Furniss analyses contemporary<br />
colonial relations in settler societies, arguing that ‘ordinary’<br />
rural Euro-Canadians exercise power in maintaining<br />
the subordination of aboriginal people through<br />
‘common sense’ assumptions and assertions about<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry, society, and identity, and that these cultural<br />
activities are forces in an ongoing, contemporary<br />
system of colonial domination.<br />
1999, 237 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0711-3 / 978-0-7748-0711-1 paper $32.95<br />
A Voyage <strong>to</strong> the North<br />
West Side of America<br />
The Journals of James Colnett,<br />
1786–89<br />
Edited by Robert Galois<br />
James Colnett, a veteran of James Cook’s second<br />
voyage <strong>to</strong> North America, was an early participant<br />
in the maritime sea otter trade. Between 1786 and<br />
1789 his two-vessel expedition traversed the Northwest<br />
Coast from Prince William Sound <strong>to</strong> Vancouver<br />
Island and wintered on the Hawaiian Islands. Colnett’s<br />
journal of this expedition is published here for the<br />
first time, along with illustrations from Colnett’s<br />
journals and a variety of maps, both contemporary<br />
and his<strong>to</strong>rical. Robert Galois provides extensive<br />
annotations, along with an introduc<strong>to</strong>ry essay addressing<br />
the geopolitical context of the voyage and<br />
the intellectual background that shaped the writing of<br />
the journal.<br />
2003, 448 pages,6 x 9”<br />
21 b/w illustrations, 15 maps<br />
0-7748-0855-1 / 978-0-7748-0855-2 cloth $95.00<br />
52<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
At Home with the Bella Coola<br />
Indians<br />
T.F. McIlwraith’s Field Letters, 1922–4<br />
Edited by John Barker and<br />
Douglas Cole<br />
This volume is a rich complement <strong>to</strong> McIlwraith’s<br />
classic work The Bella Coola Indians (1948), incorporating<br />
his letters from the field as well as previously<br />
unpublished essays on the Nuxalk. Vivid and lively,<br />
the letters show the human side of the anthropologist,<br />
and provide a fascinating insight in<strong>to</strong> the famous<br />
Northwest winter ceremonials and potlatch – events<br />
in which McIlwraith was one of the few white men<br />
privileged <strong>to</strong> participate as a dancer and partner.<br />
2003, 224 pages, 15 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0980-9 / 978-0-7748-0980-1 paper $34.95<br />
Making Vancouver<br />
Class, Status, and Social<br />
Boundaries, 1863 – 1913<br />
Robert A.J. McDonald<br />
Making Vancouver is a solid piece of his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
research and writing that asks and answers the fundamental<br />
questions necessary <strong>to</strong> understanding the<br />
social evolution of Vancouver; [. . .] this book will<br />
now serve as the standard against which <strong>to</strong> measure<br />
any serious his<strong>to</strong>ry of Vancouver.<br />
– Carlos A. Schwantes, Bookshelf<br />
1996, 335 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0570-6 / 978-0-7748-0570-4 paper $32.95<br />
Game in the Garden<br />
A Human His<strong>to</strong>ry of Wildlife in<br />
Western Canada <strong>to</strong> 1940<br />
George W. Colpitts<br />
Game in the Garden examines grassroots conservation<br />
activities and identifies early slaughter rituals,<br />
iconographic traditions, and subsistence strategies<br />
that endured in<strong>to</strong> the interwar years in the twentieth<br />
century. Drawing on local and provincial sources,<br />
Colpitts analyzes popular meanings and booster<br />
messages discernible in taxidermy work, city nature<br />
museums, and promotional pho<strong>to</strong>graphy.<br />
2002, 216 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0963-9 / 978-0-7748-0963-4 paper $32.95<br />
Tales of Ghosts<br />
First Nations Art in British Columbia,1922–61<br />
Ronald W. Hawker<br />
The years between 1922 and 1961, the “Dark Ages<br />
of Northwest Coast art,” have largely been ignored<br />
by art his<strong>to</strong>rians, and dismissed as a period of artistic<br />
decline. Tales of Ghosts reclaims this era, arguing<br />
that it was instead a critical period during which art<br />
played an important role in public discourses on the<br />
status of First Nations people in Canadian society.<br />
2002, 248 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0955-8 / 978-0-7748-0955-9 paper $29.95<br />
The Chinese in Vancouver, 1945–80<br />
The Pursuit of Identity and Power<br />
Wing Chung Ng<br />
Ng’s analysis allows for a poignant human dimension<br />
<strong>to</strong> frame the inevitable passing of the oldtimers’<br />
generation, and also explains why these<br />
organizations continues <strong>to</strong> exist... This book is<br />
a welcome addition <strong>to</strong> studies of the Chinese in<br />
Vancouver, as this community continues <strong>to</strong> thrive<br />
on Canada’s west coast.<br />
– Paul Yee, British Columbia His<strong>to</strong>rical News<br />
1999, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0733-4 / 978-0-7748-0733-3 paper $32.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 53
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Stepping S<strong>to</strong>nes <strong>to</strong> Nowhere<br />
The Aleutian Islands, Alaska, and<br />
American Military Strategy, 1867–1945<br />
Galen Perras<br />
In Stepping S<strong>to</strong>nes <strong>to</strong> Nowhere, Galen Perras shows<br />
how efforts <strong>to</strong> make the Aleutian Islands a theatre of<br />
war rivalling Europe or the South Pacific foundered.<br />
This clash demonstrated problems with the way<br />
that American civilian and military decision makers<br />
sought <strong>to</strong> incite a global conflict.<br />
2004, 288 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0990-6 / 978-0-7748-0990-0 paper $32.95<br />
US pb rights held by Naval Institute <strong>Press</strong><br />
Frigates and Foremasts<br />
The North American Squadron in Nova Scotia<br />
Waters, 1745–1815<br />
Julian Gwyn<br />
The first comprehensive study of naval operations<br />
involving North American squadrons in Nova Scotia,<br />
Frigates and Foremasts offers a masterful analysis<br />
of the motives behind the deployment of Royal Navy<br />
vessels between 1745 and 1815, and the navy’s role<br />
on the Western Atlantic.<br />
2003, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0911-6 / 978-0-7748-0911-5 paper $32.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
Death So Noble<br />
Memory, Meaning, and the First <strong>World</strong> War<br />
Jonathan F. Vance<br />
Winner of the 1998 Sir John A. Macdonald Prize,<br />
awarded by the Canadian His<strong>to</strong>rical Association, Death<br />
So Noble examines Canada’s collective memory of the<br />
First <strong>World</strong> War through the 1920s and 1930s. Taking<br />
an unorthodox view of the Canadian war experience, it<br />
deals with cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry, and considers the Great War<br />
as a cultural and philosophical force rather than as a<br />
political and military event.<br />
1997, 334 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0600-1 / 978-0-7748-0600-8 paper $32.95<br />
Not the Slightest Chance<br />
The Defence of Hong Kong, 1941<br />
Tony Banham<br />
The book assembles a phase-by-phase, day-by-day,<br />
hour-by-hour, and death-by-death account of the 1941<br />
battle of Hong Kong. It considers the individual actions<br />
that made up the fighting, and the strategies, plans,<br />
and the many controversies that arose. It is a vital addition<br />
<strong>to</strong> the his<strong>to</strong>ry of <strong>World</strong> War II and Hong Kong.<br />
2004, 280 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1045-9 / 978-0-7748-1045-6 paper $32.95<br />
North American rights only<br />
No Place <strong>to</strong> Run<br />
The Canadian Corps and Gas Warfare<br />
in the First <strong>World</strong> War<br />
Tim Cook<br />
This acclaimed study provides a challenging re-examination<br />
of the function of gas warfare in the First<br />
<strong>World</strong> War, including its important role in delivering<br />
vic<strong>to</strong>ry in the campaign of 1918 and its curious<br />
post-war legacy. It will be of interest both <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians<br />
and military buffs.<br />
1999, 304 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0740-7 / 978-0-7748-0740-1 paper $32.95<br />
Objects of Concern<br />
Canadian Prisoners of War Through<br />
the Twentieth Century<br />
Jonathan F. Vance<br />
This book provides a comprehensive account of how<br />
the Canadian government and non-governmental<br />
organizations like the Red Cross have dealt with<br />
the problems of prisoners of war. Vance examines<br />
Canada’s role in the formation of an important aspect<br />
of international law, traces the activities of a number<br />
of philanthropic agencies, and recounts the efforts<br />
of ex-prisoners <strong>to</strong> secure compensation for the longterm<br />
effects of captivity.<br />
1997, 330 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0520-X / 978-0-7748-0520-9 paper $25.95<br />
54<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
The Halifax Explosion and<br />
the Royal Canadian Navy<br />
Inquiry and Intrigue<br />
John Griffith Armstrong<br />
This detailed exposition is a fascinating tale, rivalling<br />
the best courtroom drama, with a denouement<br />
that confounds the reader and explains why the<br />
Canadian Navy is still at odds with Haligonians.<br />
– Charles Godfrey, Literary Review of Canada<br />
2002, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0891-8 /978-0-7748-0891-0 paper $29.95<br />
STUDIES IN CANADIAN MILITARY HISTORY<br />
Published in association with the Canadian War Museum<br />
Canada and Quebec<br />
One Country, Two His<strong>to</strong>ries<br />
Robert Bothwell<br />
Relations between Canada and Quebec have never<br />
been easy. There has always been conflict between<br />
the two governments and between two points of<br />
view. The issue of separation continues <strong>to</strong> be complicated<br />
by the division of the huge national debt,<br />
the possibility of further terri<strong>to</strong>rial partition within a<br />
separate Quebec, the rights of First Nations people,<br />
and the spectre of separatist movements in Eastern<br />
Europe in recent years.<br />
1998, 296 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0653-2 / 978-0-7748-0653-4 paper $29.95<br />
Ancient People of the Arctic<br />
Robert McGhee<br />
Ancient People of the Arctic traces the lives of the<br />
Palaeo-Eskimos, the bold first explorers of the Arctic.<br />
McGhee ingeniously reconstructs a picture of this<br />
life at the margins. He discusses how the Palaeo-Eskimos<br />
spread across the entire Arctic, explains how<br />
they dealt with sharp climate changes that drastically<br />
altered their environment, offers glimpses in<strong>to</strong> their<br />
spiritual practices and world view, and speculates<br />
about their eventual demise.<br />
2001, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-08543 / 978-0-7748-0854-5 paper $29.95<br />
Potlatch at Gitsegukla<br />
William Beynon’s 1945 Field Notebooks<br />
Edited by Margaret Anderson and<br />
Marjorie Halpin<br />
William Beynon attended and participated in five days<br />
of potlatches and <strong>to</strong>tem pole raisings at the Gitksan<br />
village of Gitsegukla in 1945. His written records<br />
of Northwest coast potlatching are unsurpassed in<br />
documenting these activities among the Gitksan.<br />
This rare, first-hand, ethnographic account reveals<br />
the wonderful complexities of potlatch events.<br />
2000, 296 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0744-X / 978-0-7748-0744-9 paper $39.95<br />
A Pioneer Gentlewoman in<br />
British Columbia<br />
The Recollections of Susan Allison<br />
Edited by Margaret A. Ormsby<br />
In 1860, Susan Louisa Moir left England for British<br />
Columbia. Her record of the voyage, of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria, New<br />
Westminster, and Hope as they were in the 1860s,<br />
and her memories of the isolated but fulfilling life<br />
she, her husband, and their fourteen children led in<br />
the Similkameen and Okanagan Valleys provide a<br />
unique view of the he pioneer mind and spirit.<br />
1991 (orig. pub. 1976), 205 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0392-4 / 978-0-7748-0392-2 paper $24.95<br />
The Klondike Stampede<br />
Tappan Adney<br />
This classic in Yukon gold rush literature was originally<br />
published in 1900 and has long been out of print.<br />
Tappan Adney, a New York journalist, was dispatched<br />
<strong>to</strong> the Yukon in 1897, at the height of the gold fever,<br />
<strong>to</strong> ‘furnish news and pictures of the new gold fields.’<br />
The pages contain excellent descriptions of the people,<br />
places, events, and experiences of the Klondike<br />
stampede.<br />
1994, 496 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0490-4 / 978-0-7748-0490-5 paper $25.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 55
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
» ALSO OF INTEREST<br />
Beyond the City Limits<br />
Rural His<strong>to</strong>ry in British Columbia<br />
R.W. Sandwell<br />
1999, 304 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0695-8 / 978-0-7748-0695-4 paper $32.95<br />
The Canadian Department of Justice<br />
and the Completion of Confederation,<br />
1867–78<br />
Jonathan Swainger<br />
2000, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0793-8 / 978-0-7748-0793-7 paper $32.95<br />
Couture and Commerce<br />
The Transatlantic Fashion Trade in the 1950s<br />
Alexandra Palmer<br />
2002, 420 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0826-8 / 978-0-7748-0826-2 cloth $75.00<br />
Published in association with the Royal Ontario Museum<br />
The Fort Langley Journals, 1827–30<br />
Morag Maclachlan<br />
1999, 288 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0665-6 / 978-0-7748-0665-7 paper $24.95<br />
A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Domestic Space<br />
Privacy and the Canadian Home<br />
W. Peter Ward<br />
1999, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0684-2 / 978-0-7748-0684-8 cloth $39.95<br />
Scars of War<br />
The Impact of Warfare on Modern China<br />
Edited by Diana Lary and Stephen MacKinnon<br />
2001, 222 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0841-1 / 978-0-7748-0841-5 paper $32.95<br />
Trading Beyond the Mountains<br />
The British Fur Trade on the Pacific, 1793–1843<br />
Richard Somerset Mackie<br />
1997, 440 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0613-3 / 978-0-7748-0613-8 paper $32.95<br />
» For more information on these titles,<br />
and <strong>to</strong> view our complete backlist, please<br />
visit www.ubcpress.ca<br />
56<br />
» CLASSICS FROM THE PIONEERS OF<br />
BRITISH COLUMBIA SERIES<br />
Alex Lord’s British Columbia<br />
Recollections of a Rural School Inspec<strong>to</strong>r, 1915–1936<br />
Edited by John Calam<br />
1991, 200 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0385-1 / 978-0-7748-0385-4 paper $24.95<br />
Hobnobbing with a Countess and<br />
Other Okanagan Adventures<br />
The Diaries of Alice Barrett Parke, 1891–1900<br />
Jo Fraser Jones<br />
2001, 384 pages, illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0853-5 / 978-0-7748-0853-8 paper $29.95<br />
Letters from Windermere, 1912–1914<br />
Edited by Cole Harris and Elizabeth Phillips<br />
1984, 277 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0394-0 / 978-0-7748-0394-6 paper $22.95<br />
Robert Brown and the Vancouver Island<br />
Exploring Expedition<br />
Edited by John Hayman<br />
1989, 216 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0395-9 / 978-0-7748-0395-3 paper $24.95<br />
They Call Me Father<br />
Memoirs of Father Nicolas Coccola<br />
Edited by Margaret Whitehead<br />
1988, 222 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0396-7 / 978-0-7748-0396-0 paper $24.95<br />
This Blessed Wilderness<br />
Archibald McDonald’s Letters from the Columbia<br />
Jean Murray Cole<br />
2001, 308 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0833-0 / 978-0-7748-0833-0 paper $24.95<br />
To the Charlottes<br />
George Dawson’s 1878 Survey of the Queen<br />
Charlotte Islands<br />
Edited by Douglas Cole and Bradley Lockner<br />
1993, 222 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0415-7 / 978-0-7748-0415-8 paper $22.95<br />
The Vancouver Island Letters of Edmund<br />
Hope Verney, 1862–65<br />
Edited by Allan Pritchard<br />
1996, 323 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-0573-0 / 978-0-7748-0573-5 paper $29.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Royal British Columbia Museum<br />
Up-Coast<br />
Forests and Industry on British<br />
Columbia’s North Coast,<br />
1870–2005<br />
Richard A. Rajala<br />
Up Coast offers the first<br />
comprehensive his<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />
British Columbia’s centraland-north-coast<br />
forest<br />
industry. Rajala integrates<br />
social, political, and<br />
environmental themes in<br />
depicting the relationship<br />
of coastal people and<br />
communities <strong>to</strong> the forest<br />
from the late 19th century<br />
<strong>to</strong> the present.<br />
Relating these themes <strong>to</strong> a tradition of activism<br />
against capitalist inequities, Up Coast discusses<br />
First Nations, union and community protests against<br />
corporate exploitation of labour and resources. In addressing<br />
the modern era of land claims, environmentalism<br />
and capital-flight, Rajala turns <strong>to</strong> the complex<br />
and unresolved struggle for a more equitable and<br />
sustainable human relationship with British Columbia’s<br />
forests.<br />
Richard A. Rajala teaches his<strong>to</strong>ry at the University<br />
of Vic<strong>to</strong>ria. His book Clearcutting the Pacific Rain<br />
Forest won the Forest His<strong>to</strong>ry Society’s Charles A.<br />
Weyerhaeuser Award.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Shallow Roots: Early Forest Industrialization, 1880–1914<br />
2 The Spruce Drive: <strong>World</strong> War 1 and the Forest Economy<br />
3 The Twenties: Pacific Mills Take Control<br />
4 <strong>From</strong> Slump <strong>to</strong> Boom: Depression, War and Changing<br />
Patterns in Froest Exploitation<br />
5 “No Camp Large or Small Will Be Missed”: The IWA and<br />
the Loggers’ Navy, 1935–70<br />
6 “Era of Error”: Sustained Yield and the Dynamics of<br />
Development, 1945–70<br />
7 Winding Down: Up-Coast Forests and Communities After<br />
the Boom<br />
Afterword: Up-Coast Up <strong>to</strong> Now<br />
Endnotes; Glossary; Select Bibliography; Index<br />
Surveying Central British<br />
Columbia<br />
A Pho<strong>to</strong>journal of Frank Swannell<br />
1920-1928<br />
Jay Sherwood<br />
Surveying Central British<br />
Columbia traces the<br />
career of Frank Swannell,<br />
one of British Columbia’s<br />
most famous surveyors,<br />
following his return from<br />
<strong>World</strong> War I. Considered<br />
one of BC’s most famous<br />
surveyors, Swannell’s<br />
journals and outstanding<br />
pho<strong>to</strong>graphs of central<br />
BC show the changes<br />
beginning <strong>to</strong> occur in this<br />
largely wilderness region. Swannell pho<strong>to</strong>graphed<br />
First Peoples, settlers, various methods of transportation,<br />
and the daily life of a surveying crew. He<br />
<strong>to</strong>ok about 1500 pho<strong>to</strong>graphs from 1920 <strong>to</strong> 1928,<br />
and the author has selected the best for this book;<br />
many are previously unpublished and have his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
significance. In particular, Swannell’s pho<strong>to</strong>graphs of<br />
the landscape of the Coast Mountains are especially<br />
relevant in demonstrating climate change in British<br />
Columbia.<br />
Surveying Central British Columbia is based<br />
primarily on Swannell’s diaries and pho<strong>to</strong>graphs.<br />
It is supplemented by interviews with descendants<br />
of some members of Swannell’s surveying crew,<br />
research, and the author’s personal visits <strong>to</strong> several<br />
places where Swannell surveyed. It includes a list of<br />
Swannell’s pho<strong>to</strong>graphs, which are archived at the<br />
BC Archives.<br />
Jay Sherwood, a his<strong>to</strong>rian and former surveyor, is<br />
the author of Surveying Northern British Columbia, a<br />
2005 BC Book Prize finalist. Sherwood now lives in<br />
Vancouver, where he works as a teacher-librarian.<br />
November 2007<br />
192 pages, 150 Illustrations, maps, 9.5 x 10.5”<br />
0-7726-5742-4 / 978-0-7726-5742-8 paper $39.95<br />
2006, 294 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7748-1054-8 / 978-0-7748-1054-8 cloth $49.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 57
<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />
Beginning Postcolonialism<br />
John McLeod<br />
Beginning Theory<br />
An Introduction <strong>to</strong> Literary and<br />
Cultural Theory<br />
SECOND EDITION<br />
Peter Barry<br />
Postcolonialism has<br />
become one of the most<br />
exciting, expanding and<br />
challenging areas of literary<br />
and cultural studies<br />
<strong>to</strong>day. Yet the variety of<br />
approaches, the range of<br />
debate and the technical<br />
language can make it difficult<br />
for new students <strong>to</strong><br />
establish a firm foothold in<br />
this area. Designed especially<br />
for those studying the <strong>to</strong>pic for the first time,<br />
Beginning Postcolonialism introduces the major areas<br />
of concern in a clear, accessible and organised<br />
fashion. It provides an overview of the emergence of<br />
postcolonialism as a discipline and closely examines<br />
many of its important critical writings. In particular,<br />
John McLeod demonstrates in practice how many of<br />
the ideas and concepts in the subject can be usefully<br />
applied when reading texts, as well as inviting students<br />
<strong>to</strong> develop their own views of postcolonialism.<br />
The third in the very successful Beginnings series,<br />
Beginning Postcolonialism will prove an invaluable<br />
<strong>to</strong> anyone studying english, his<strong>to</strong>ry, philosophy, and<br />
theory.<br />
Contents<br />
1 <strong>From</strong> “Commonwealth” <strong>to</strong> “Postcolonial”<br />
2 Reading Colonial Discourses<br />
3 Nationalistic Representations<br />
4 The Nation in Questions<br />
5 Re-reading and Rewriting English Literature<br />
6 Postcolonialism and Feminism<br />
7 Diaspora Identities<br />
8 Postcolonialism and the Critics<br />
2000, 288 pages, 5 x 8”<br />
0-7190-5209-2 / 978-0-7190-5209-5<br />
paper $23.95 CRO<br />
The success of Beginning<br />
Theory has shown<br />
that there is no better<br />
introduction for students<br />
encountering literary and<br />
cultural theory for the<br />
first time.<br />
Expanded and updated<br />
from the original edition<br />
first published in 1995,<br />
Peter Barry has incorporated<br />
all of the recent<br />
developments in literary theory, adding two new<br />
chapters covering the emergent Eco-criticism and<br />
the re-emerging Narra<strong>to</strong>logy. They complement the<br />
original chapters on liberal humanism, Marxism, new<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ricism, cultural materialism, postcolonialism,<br />
feminism, deconstruction, queer theory, structuralism,<br />
poststructuralism, postmodernism, stylistics,<br />
and psychoanalytic theory.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Theory before “theory” – liberal humanism<br />
2 Structuralism<br />
3 Post-structuralism and deconstruction<br />
4 Postmodernism<br />
5 Psychoanalytic criticism<br />
6 Feminist criticism<br />
7 Lesbian/gay criticism<br />
8 Marxist criticism<br />
9 New his<strong>to</strong>ricism and cultural materialism<br />
10 Postcolonial criticism<br />
11 Stylistics<br />
12 Narra<strong>to</strong>logy<br />
13 Eco-criticism<br />
Appendices<br />
Where do we go from here?<br />
2002, 304 pages, 5 x 8”<br />
0-7190-6268-3 / 978-0-7190-6268-1<br />
paper $24.95 CRO<br />
58<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Manchester University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Art His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
A Critical Introduction <strong>to</strong><br />
Its Methods<br />
Michael Hatt and Charlotte Klonk<br />
Joan of Arc<br />
La Pucelle<br />
Craig Taylor<br />
Art His<strong>to</strong>ry: A Critical<br />
Introduction <strong>to</strong> Its Methods<br />
provides a lively and<br />
stimulating introduction <strong>to</strong><br />
methodological debates<br />
within art his<strong>to</strong>ry. Offering<br />
a lucid account of approaches<br />
from Hegel <strong>to</strong><br />
post-colonialism, the book<br />
provides a sense of art<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry’s own his<strong>to</strong>ry as a<br />
discipline from its emergence<br />
in the late-eighteenth century <strong>to</strong> contemporary<br />
debates. By explaining the underlying philosophical<br />
and political assumptions behind each method, along<br />
with clear examples of how these are brought <strong>to</strong> bear<br />
on visual and his<strong>to</strong>rical analysis, the authors show<br />
that an adherence <strong>to</strong> a certain method is, in effect, a<br />
commitment <strong>to</strong> a set of beliefs and values. The book<br />
makes a strong case for the vitality of the discipline<br />
and its methodological centrality <strong>to</strong> new fields such<br />
as visual culture.<br />
This book will be of enormous value <strong>to</strong> undergraduate<br />
and graduate students, and also makes its own<br />
contributions <strong>to</strong> ongoing scholarly debates about<br />
theory and method.<br />
Contents<br />
1 Introduction<br />
2 A variety of interpretations: a preview<br />
3 Hegel and the birth of art his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
4 Connoisseurship<br />
5 Formalism: Heinrich Wölfflin and Alois Riegl<br />
6 Iconography – Iconology: Erwin Panofsky<br />
7 Marxism and the social his<strong>to</strong>ry of art<br />
8 Feminism<br />
9 Psychoanalysis<br />
10 Semiotics<br />
11 Postcolonialism<br />
12 Conclusion<br />
This sourcebook collects<br />
<strong>to</strong>gether for the first time<br />
in English the major documents<br />
relating <strong>to</strong> the life<br />
and contemporary reputation<br />
of Joan of Arc. For<br />
many, Joan represents the<br />
voice of ordinary people in<br />
the fifteenth century; the<br />
victims of high politics and<br />
warfare that devastated<br />
France. Her s<strong>to</strong>ry ended<br />
tragically in 1431 when she was put on trial for<br />
heresy and sorcery by an ecclesiastical court and<br />
was burned at the stake. This book shows how the<br />
trial, which was organised by her enemies, provides<br />
an important window in<strong>to</strong> late medieval attitudes<br />
<strong>to</strong>wards religion and gender, as Joan was effectively<br />
persecuted by the established Church for her supposedly<br />
non-conformist views on spirituality and the<br />
role of women.<br />
Presented within a contextual and critical framework,<br />
this book encourages scholars and students <strong>to</strong> rethink<br />
this remarkable s<strong>to</strong>ry. It will be invaluable reading for<br />
those working in the fields of medieval society and<br />
heresy, as well as the Hundred Years’ War.<br />
Contents<br />
Chronological table<br />
Introduction<br />
1 The life of Joan of Arc<br />
2 The trial of condemnation (February <strong>to</strong> May 1431)<br />
3 Debating Joan of Arc (1431–1450)<br />
4 The nullification trial (1455–1456)<br />
5 The memory of Joan of Arc<br />
Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 392 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6847-9 / 978-0-7190-6847-8<br />
paper $35.95<br />
2006, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1 colour and 28 b/w illustrations<br />
0-7190-6959-9 / 978-0-7190-6959-8<br />
paper $32.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 59
<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />
Exploring His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
1400–1900<br />
An Anthology of Primary Sources<br />
Peter J. Davies<br />
Chartism<br />
A New His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Malcolm Chase<br />
Exploring his<strong>to</strong>ry 1400–<br />
1900: An Anthology of<br />
Primary Sources reaches<br />
out <strong>to</strong> the reader across<br />
an expanse of 500 years.<br />
It offers a broad sweep<br />
of his<strong>to</strong>ry in the light of<br />
three key themes: consumers<br />
and producers;<br />
beliefs and ideologies; and<br />
state-formation. Spanning<br />
continents and genres, the<br />
selection of documents illuminates the links between<br />
concurrent events in diverse places and illustrates<br />
the legacies of important social, religious and political<br />
trends. Previously unpublished accounts and newly<br />
translated material reveal new perspectives on both<br />
familiar and less well-known events.<br />
In capturing this spectrum of human activity and endeavour<br />
the book uniquely provides insights in<strong>to</strong> the<br />
daily concerns and critical debates of the day, and<br />
the opportunity <strong>to</strong> engage with primary sources as<br />
<strong>to</strong>ols for the knowledge creation and critical evaluation.<br />
It will be an essential companion <strong>to</strong> a wide range<br />
of courses in his<strong>to</strong>rical study and an engaging read<br />
for anyone interested in researching, reviewing or<br />
relating more closely <strong>to</strong> a rich his<strong>to</strong>rical past.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 England, France and Burgundy on the fifteenth century<br />
2 The European Reformation, 1500–1600<br />
3 The Wars of the Three Kingdoms, 1640–1690<br />
4 Slavery and Freedom<br />
5 Creating Nations, 1789–1871<br />
6 Nations and Empire, 1870–1914<br />
Index<br />
2006, 496 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-7588-2 / 978-0-7190-7588-9<br />
paper $29.95<br />
This is just what the subject<br />
has needed: a strong<br />
intertwined narrative and<br />
analysis, pulling out new<br />
themes as well as old and<br />
providing the human <strong>to</strong>uch<br />
through brief biographies<br />
that link in<strong>to</strong> and enhance<br />
the overall argument.<br />
A very important book<br />
combining scholarship<br />
with readability.<br />
– Professor John Wal<strong>to</strong>n,<br />
University of Central<br />
Lancashire<br />
Contents<br />
Illustrations<br />
Acknowledgments<br />
Abbreviations<br />
1 May–September 1838: “I have in my hand a charter – the<br />
people’s charter”<br />
Chartist lives: Abram and Elizabeth Hanson<br />
2 Oc<strong>to</strong>ber–December 1838: “The people are up”<br />
Chartist lives: Patrick Brewster<br />
3 January–July 1839: “The People’s Parliament”<br />
Chartist lives: Thomas Powel<br />
4 July–November 1839: “Extreme excitement and<br />
apprehension”<br />
Chartist lives: John Watkins<br />
5 November 1839–January 1840: After Newport<br />
Chartist lives: Samuel Holberry<br />
6 February 1840–December 1841: “The Charter and<br />
nothing less”<br />
Chartist lives: Elizabeth Neesom<br />
7 1842: “Toasting muffins at a volcano”<br />
Chartist lives: Richard Pilling<br />
8 1843–1846: Doldrums Years<br />
Chartist lives: Ann Dawson<br />
9 July 1846–April 1848: “A time <strong>to</strong> make men politicians”<br />
Chartist lives: William Cuffay<br />
10 April 1848 –1852: “Decent revolutionaries”?<br />
11 Chartist lives: “Ever present <strong>to</strong> the progressive mind”<br />
Money, prices and wages: a note<br />
A note on sources and further reading<br />
Index<br />
2007, 464 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6087-7 / 978-0-7190-6087-8<br />
paper $39.95<br />
60<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Manchester University <strong>Press</strong><br />
The Debate on the Rise of<br />
British Imperialism<br />
Anthony Webster<br />
The Debate on the French<br />
Revolution<br />
Peter J. Davies<br />
This fascinating and highly<br />
useful book examines the<br />
rise of the British empire<br />
and the various debates<br />
among his<strong>to</strong>rians of imperialism<br />
over the past<br />
two hundred years. It discusses<br />
why the empire is<br />
so attractive <strong>to</strong> his<strong>to</strong>rians,<br />
why there is so much debate<br />
and controversy surrounding<br />
the subject, and<br />
how different generations of his<strong>to</strong>rians have read the<br />
various episodes in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the empire often<br />
radically differently.<br />
An engaging and useful work of his<strong>to</strong>riography, this<br />
book will be essential reading for students of British<br />
imperialism attempting <strong>to</strong> get <strong>to</strong> grips with the<br />
subject.<br />
Contents<br />
1 The British Empire: an enduring fascination<br />
2 Justifying British imperialism: the changing rationale of<br />
the empire builders<br />
3 Capitalism’s critics and defenders: early twentieth<br />
century economic explanations of Vic<strong>to</strong>rian British<br />
imperial expansion<br />
4 Metropole, periphery and informal empire: the Gallagher<br />
and Robinson controversy of the 1950s and after<br />
5 Cultural explanations of British imperialism I: post<br />
colonial theory and its critics<br />
6 Cultural explanations of British imperialism II: religion,<br />
race, gender and class<br />
7 The metropole strikes back: the new debate about<br />
gentlemanly capitalism and empire 1980-2004<br />
8 The future of Britain’s imperial his<strong>to</strong>ry?<br />
Index<br />
2006, 208 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6793-6 / 978-0-7190-6793-8<br />
paper $29.95<br />
This book explores and expounds<br />
the various types<br />
of revolutionary his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
and the various schools of<br />
his<strong>to</strong>rical thought on the<br />
French Revolution. The<br />
survey of writings is both<br />
‘chronological’ and, at<br />
the same time, ‘thematic’<br />
- essentially, a vertical<br />
cross-section of his<strong>to</strong>rians<br />
from the early nineteenth<br />
century right up <strong>to</strong> the present day. <strong>From</strong> liberals <strong>to</strong><br />
conservatives and from Marxists <strong>to</strong> revisionists.<br />
The Debate on the French Revolution focuses on<br />
those individuals who are generally perceived <strong>to</strong> be<br />
the ‘major’ or ‘pre-eminent’ figures within revolutionary<br />
his<strong>to</strong>riography. For those students studying the<br />
French Revolution as part of a survey module on<br />
modern French his<strong>to</strong>ry or world revolutions, or for<br />
those students studying the French Revolution as a<br />
special subject, this book will be an ideal startingpoint.<br />
In a rigorous but concise style, the book considers<br />
the main eras and phases of his<strong>to</strong>riography.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Immediate Responses<br />
2 Nineteenth Century – The Liberal Perspective<br />
3 Nineteenth Century – Idealist and Romantic Views<br />
4 Nineteenth Century – Tocqueville<br />
5 Nineteenth Century – Third Republic His<strong>to</strong>rians<br />
6 Twentieth Century – Marxist ‘Orthodoxy’<br />
7 Twentieth Century – “Soft Revisionism”<br />
8 Twentieth Century – “Hard Revisionism”<br />
9 Twentieth Century – Bicentenary Re-evaluations<br />
Postscript<br />
Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-7177-1 / 978-0-7190-7177-5<br />
paper $29.95<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 61
<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />
The Healing Arts<br />
Health, Disease and Society in<br />
Europe, 1500–1800<br />
Edited by Peter Elmer<br />
The period from the Renaissance<br />
<strong>to</strong> the Enlightenment<br />
constitutes a vital phase<br />
in the his<strong>to</strong>ry of European<br />
medicine. This volume contains<br />
a comprehensive selection<br />
of classical writing<br />
and up-<strong>to</strong>-date research in<br />
the field, providing vivid and<br />
detailed accounts of key<br />
aspects of medical thought<br />
and practice in the period.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction / Peter Elmer<br />
1 Medicine in western Europe in 1500 / Sachiko Kusukawa<br />
2 The sick and their healers, 1500–1700 / Silvia De Renzi<br />
3 The medical renaissance of the sixteenth century:<br />
Vesalius, medical humanism and bloodletting / Sachiko<br />
Kusukawa<br />
4 Medicine and religion in sixteenth–century Europe / Olé<br />
Peter Grell<br />
5 Chemical medicine and the challenge <strong>to</strong> Galenism: the<br />
legacy of Paracelsus, 1560–1700 / Peter Elmer<br />
6 Policies of health: diseases, poverty and hospitals,<br />
1500–1800 / Silvia De Renzi<br />
7 New models of the body, 1600–1800 / Silvia De Renzi<br />
8 Women and medicine, 1500–1800 / Silvia De Renzi<br />
9 ‘The mad, the bad, and the sad’: the experience and<br />
treatment of mental illness in early modern Europe /<br />
Peter Elmer<br />
10 War and medicine in early modern Europe: the effects of<br />
the military revolution / Olé Peter Grell<br />
11 Healing places: environment, health and population,<br />
1500–1800 / Mark Jenner<br />
12 Medicine and health in the age of European colonialism /<br />
Andrew Wear<br />
13 Organization, training and the medical marketplace in<br />
eighteenth–century Europe / Laurence Brockliss<br />
Glossary; Acknowledgements; Index<br />
2004, 400 pages, 7½ x 9¾”<br />
0-7190-6734-0 / 978-0-7190-6734-1<br />
paper $42.95 CRO<br />
Health, Disease, and Society<br />
in Europe, 1500–1800<br />
A Source Book<br />
Edited by Peter Elmer and<br />
Ole Peter Grell<br />
The period from the<br />
Renaissance <strong>to</strong> the Enlightenment<br />
constitutes a<br />
vital phase in the his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
of European medicine.<br />
This volume contains a<br />
comprehensive selection<br />
of classical writing and<br />
up-<strong>to</strong>-date research in<br />
the field, providing vivid<br />
and detailed accounts<br />
of key aspects of medical<br />
thought and practice in the period. These are<br />
arranged by themes and so complement the companion<br />
volume of essays in The Healing Arts: Health,<br />
Disease and Society in Europe, 1500–1800. They<br />
are also accompanied by brief, scholarly introductions<br />
<strong>to</strong> ensure that they are readily accessible <strong>to</strong><br />
both the specialist and general reader.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Medical practice and theory: The classical and<br />
medieval heritage<br />
2 The sick body and its healers, 1500–1700<br />
3 The medical renaissance of the sixteenth century:<br />
Vesalius, medical humanism and bloodletting<br />
4 Medicine and religion in sixteenth-century Europe<br />
5 Chemical medicine and the challenge <strong>to</strong> Galenism:<br />
The legacy of Paracelsus<br />
6 Charity, the state and public health in early modern<br />
Europe<br />
7 New models of the body, 1600–1800<br />
8 Women and medicine in early modern Europe<br />
9 The care and cure of the insane in early modern Europe<br />
10 War and medicine in early modern Europe<br />
11 Environment, health and population, 1500–1800<br />
12 European medicine in the age of colonialism<br />
13 Medical organisation, training and the medical<br />
marketplace in eighteenth-century Europe<br />
Index<br />
2004, 400 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6737-5 / 978-0-7190-6737-2<br />
paper $39.95 CRO<br />
62<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Manchester University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Medicine Transformed<br />
Health, Disease, and Society in<br />
Europe, 1800–1930<br />
Edited by Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />
Health, Disease, and Society<br />
in Europe, 1800-1930<br />
A Source Book<br />
Edited by Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />
During the nineteenth century,<br />
medicine underwent<br />
a radical transformation.<br />
New understandings of<br />
the body opened up surgery<br />
and treatments, and<br />
hospitals became centres<br />
for care, research, and<br />
training.<br />
In Medicine Transformed,<br />
original essays by established<br />
scholars in the social<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry of medicine explore these developments<br />
and examine <strong>to</strong>pics such as the military and colonial<br />
medicine, the role of women, and access <strong>to</strong> care.<br />
The essays provide an accessible introduction, setting<br />
nineteenth- and early twentieth-century medicine<br />
in its political, cultural, intellectual, and economic<br />
contexts.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction / Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />
1 The localisation of disease / Laurence Brockliss<br />
2 The changing shape of the hospital / Hilary Marland<br />
3 Medical reform and medical practice / Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />
4 Gender and medicine: Midwives, nurses and women<br />
doc<strong>to</strong>rs / Maxine Rhodes<br />
5 The development of surgery / Thomas Schlich<br />
6 Public health: Dealing with disease in populations /<br />
Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />
7 Colonial and imperial medicine / Michael Worboys<br />
8 Asylums, psychiatry and mental disorder c.1815–1914 /<br />
Jonathan Andrews<br />
9 Motherhood and the state / Maxine Rhodes<br />
10 The fortunes of eugenics / James Moore<br />
11 The patient’s perspective: Access <strong>to</strong> care /<br />
Deborah Brun<strong>to</strong>n<br />
12 Medicine in war / Roger Cooter<br />
13 The labora<strong>to</strong>ry revolution / Harmke Kamminga<br />
Index<br />
2004, 440 pages, 7½ x 9¾” ”<br />
0-7190-6735-9 / 978-0-7190-6735-8<br />
paper $42.95 CRO<br />
Health, Disease and<br />
Society in Europe, 1800-<br />
1930 provides readers<br />
with unrivalled access <strong>to</strong><br />
a comprehensive range of<br />
sources on major themes<br />
in nineteenth- and early<br />
twentieth-century medicine.<br />
The book covers issues<br />
such as the changing role<br />
of the hospital, disease,<br />
colonial and imperial<br />
medicine, women, war, the emergence of modern<br />
surgery, welfare and the state, and the growth of<br />
asylum. Extracts from contemporary writings vividly<br />
illustrate key aspects of medical thought and practice,<br />
while a selection of classic his<strong>to</strong>rical research<br />
and up-<strong>to</strong>-date work in the field gives a sense of our<br />
understanding of medical his<strong>to</strong>ry. Introductions make<br />
the sources accessible both <strong>to</strong> the student and the<br />
interested general reader. The extracts are arranged<br />
by <strong>to</strong>pic and thus complement the essays in the<br />
companion volume Medicine Transformed: Health,<br />
Disease and Society in Europe, 1800-1930.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 The localisation of disease<br />
2 The changing role of the hospital<br />
3 The emergence of modern surgery<br />
4 The labora<strong>to</strong>ry revolution<br />
6 Women in Medicine<br />
7 Disease in populations<br />
8 Colonial and Imperial medicine, 1800–1930<br />
9 Welfare and the state<br />
11 The growth of the asylum<br />
12 War and medicine<br />
13 Access <strong>to</strong> health<br />
2004, 328 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6739-1 / 978-0-7190-6739-6<br />
paper $39.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 63
<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />
Power and the People<br />
A Social His<strong>to</strong>ry of Central European<br />
Politics, 1945–56<br />
Edited by Eleonore Breuning, Jill Lewis<br />
and Gareth Pritchard<br />
This book covers various<br />
aspects of the social his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
of politics on both<br />
sides of the Iron Curtain in<br />
the period 1945 <strong>to</strong> 1956.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
Workers<br />
1 Social protest in the<br />
Ruhr, 1945–1949 / Dick<br />
Geary<br />
2 Young workers, the<br />
Free German Youth (FDJ) and<br />
the June 1953 uprising / Alan McDougal<br />
3 Worker protest and the origins of the Austrian Social<br />
Partnership / Jill Lewis<br />
4 Workers in Hungary / Mark Pittaway<br />
Ethnic and linguistic minorities<br />
1 Between “Heimat” and “Expulsion”: The construction of<br />
the Sudeten German ‘Volksgruppe’ in post-war Germany<br />
/ Eva Hahn<br />
2 The Sorbs of Lusatia, the Socialist Unity Party and the<br />
Soviet Union (1945–1953) / Peter Barker<br />
3 The Carinthian Slovenes / Robert Knight<br />
4 His<strong>to</strong>rical trauma in ethnic identity / Dagmar Kusá<br />
Youth<br />
1 ‘Reforming mentalities’: The Allies, young people, and<br />
‘new music’ in Western Germany, 1945–1955 / Toby<br />
Thacker<br />
2 Saints and devils: Youth in the SBZ/GDR, 1945–1955 /<br />
Mark Fenemore<br />
3 Austrian youth in the 1950s / Karin Schmidlechner<br />
4 Sokol and the Communists: The Battle for Czech Youth,<br />
1945–1948 / Mark Dimond<br />
Women<br />
1 Women, work and unemployment in post-war Germany /<br />
Vanessa Beck<br />
2 Women and the Left in post–war Germany / Gareth<br />
Pritchard<br />
3 Gender and abortion after the Second <strong>World</strong> War / Maria<br />
Mesner<br />
4 Hungarian women in politics / Andrea Petõ<br />
Glossary; List of Contribu<strong>to</strong>rs; Index<br />
2005, 320 pages, 9 x 6 ”<br />
0-7190-7069-4 / 978-0-7190-7069-3<br />
paper $37.95<br />
Reflections on the Marxist<br />
Theory of His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Paul Blackledge<br />
Paul Blackledge opens this<br />
study with a defence of the<br />
Marxist approach <strong>to</strong> the<br />
study of his<strong>to</strong>ry against<br />
what he argues as being<br />
the naive empiricism of<br />
traditional his<strong>to</strong>rians and<br />
the relativism of the postmodernists.<br />
He moves on<br />
<strong>to</strong> outline Marx and Engels<br />
analyses of concrete his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
processes and their<br />
critiques of the alternative<br />
his<strong>to</strong>riographic methodologies of their contemporaries.<br />
He then discusses neglected his<strong>to</strong>rical works<br />
produced by Marxists in the half-century or so after<br />
Marx and Engels’ deaths. Two central chapters<br />
survey recent Marxist debates on, first, the nature<br />
of modes of productions, including slave, feudal and<br />
tributary systems, and the revolutionary transitions<br />
between them; and, second, the methodological<br />
debate over the issue of structure and agency in the<br />
movement of his<strong>to</strong>ry. Finally, he shows the political<br />
relevance of these debates through a concluding<br />
survey of competing Marxist attempts <strong>to</strong> periodise<br />
the present, postmodern, conjuncture.<br />
This book is perfect for his<strong>to</strong>rians, students of cultural,<br />
social and political theory and anti-capitalist<br />
activists.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface and acknowledgements<br />
1 Marxism and his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
2 Marx, Engels and his<strong>to</strong>rical materialism<br />
3 His<strong>to</strong>rical materialism: <strong>From</strong> the Second <strong>to</strong> the Third<br />
Internationals<br />
4 Modes of production and social transitions<br />
5 Structure, agency and the struggle for freedom<br />
Conclusion; Index<br />
2006, 232 pages, 9 x 6”<br />
0-7190-6957-2 / 978-0-7190-6957-4<br />
paper $29.95<br />
64<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Manchester University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Women in Italy, 1350–1650<br />
Ideals and Realities<br />
Edited by Mary Rogers and<br />
Paola Tinagli<br />
The Towns of Italy in<br />
the Later Middle Ages<br />
Edited by Trevor Dean<br />
This enlightening book aims <strong>to</strong> fill the gap in the<br />
literature on women’s lives from the mid-fourteenth<br />
<strong>to</strong> the mid-seventeenth century, a time in which Italian<br />
urban societies saw much debate on the nature<br />
of women. Indeed these were debates which would<br />
in subsequent years resonate throughout Europe<br />
as a whole.<br />
2005, 288 pages, 20 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-7209-3 / 978-0-7190-7209-3<br />
paper $37.95 CRO<br />
The Towns of Italy in the Later Middle Ages presents<br />
over one hundred fascinating documents, carefully<br />
selected and coordinated from the richest, most<br />
innovative and most documented society of the European<br />
Middle Ages: the urban civilization of Italy.<br />
2000, 300 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-5204-1 / 978-0-7190-5204-0<br />
paper $35.95 CRO<br />
The Kiss in His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Edited by Karen Harvey<br />
An eminent group of cultural his<strong>to</strong>rians explore the<br />
kiss through sources as diverse as religious texts,<br />
popular prints, court depositions, periodicals, diaries<br />
and poetry. They demonstrate how cultural his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
has been shaped by a broad concept of culture,<br />
encompassing more than just the canons of art and<br />
literature, and integrating both ‘his<strong>to</strong>rical’ and ‘nonhis<strong>to</strong>rical’<br />
sources.<br />
2005, 240 pages, 9 b/w illustrations, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6595-X / 978-0-7190-6595-8<br />
paper $34.95 CRO<br />
Fascist Italy<br />
John Whittam<br />
Fascist Italy is a lively and concise introduction <strong>to</strong> the<br />
phenomenon of Italian Fascism and its impact. The<br />
author balances a re-evaluation of political, diplomatic<br />
and military developments with a full assessment<br />
of the more neglected domestic and cultural dimensions<br />
of the subject.<br />
1995, 174 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-4004-3 / 978-0-7190-4004-7<br />
paper $28.95 CRO<br />
Masculinities in Politics and War<br />
Gendering Modern His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Edited by Stefan Dudink, Karen Hagemann,<br />
and John Tosh<br />
Building on three decades of research in women’s and<br />
gender his<strong>to</strong>ry, this book opens up new avenues in the<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry of masculinity. The essays by social, political<br />
and cultural his<strong>to</strong>rians therefore map masculinity’s part<br />
in making revolution, waging war, building nations, and<br />
constructing welfare states.<br />
2004, 352ages, 6 x 9”<br />
5 b/w illustrations<br />
0-7190-6521-6 / 978-0-7190-6521-7<br />
paper $39.95 CRO<br />
Late Imperial Russia<br />
Problems and Prospects<br />
Edited by Ian D. Thatcher<br />
This volume offers a detailed examination of the stability<br />
of the late imperial regime in Russia. Accessible<br />
yet insightful, contributions cover the his<strong>to</strong>riography<br />
of complex <strong>to</strong>pics such as peasants, workers, revolutionaries,<br />
foreign relations, and Nicholas II. Each<br />
chapter also highlights a unique interpretation, suggesting<br />
new lines of inquiry and research.<br />
2005, 256 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6787-1 / 978-0-7190-6787-7<br />
paper $32.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 65
<strong>UBC</strong> Manchester <strong>Press</strong> University <strong>Press</strong><br />
Munitions of the Mind<br />
A His<strong>to</strong>ry of Propaganda<br />
THIRD EDITION<br />
Philip M. Taylor<br />
Munitions of the Mind<br />
forces us <strong>to</strong> fundamentally<br />
rethink how we popularly<br />
regard propaganda… it<br />
transcends traditional<br />
disciplines and is in a real<br />
sense a multidisciplinary<br />
<strong>to</strong>ur de force.<br />
– Professor David Welch,<br />
University of Kent<br />
This classic work traces<br />
how propaganda has<br />
formed part of the fabric<br />
of conflict since the dawn of warfare, and how in its<br />
broadest definition it has also been part of a process<br />
of persuasion at the heart of human communication.<br />
S<strong>to</strong>ne monuments, coins, broadsheets, paintings<br />
and pamphlets, posters, radio, film, television, computers<br />
and satellite communications – propaganda<br />
has had access <strong>to</strong> ever more complex and versatile<br />
media. This third edition has been revised and expanded<br />
<strong>to</strong> include a new preface, new chapters on<br />
the 1991 Gulf War, information age conflict in the<br />
post-Cold War era, and the world after the terrorist<br />
attacks of September 11.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Propaganda in the Ancient <strong>World</strong><br />
2 Propaganda in the Middle Ages<br />
4 Propaganda in the Age of Revolutionary Warfare<br />
5 Propaganda in the Age of Total War and Cold War<br />
6 The New <strong>World</strong> Information <strong>Disorder</strong><br />
2003, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6767-7 / 978-0-7190-6767-9<br />
paper $35.95 CRO<br />
The Vietnam Wars<br />
Kevin Ruane<br />
This lively source book chronicles the his<strong>to</strong>ry of one<br />
of the bloodiest and most controversial conflicts<br />
of the twentieth century, beginning with the birth of<br />
the Vietnamese communist party in 1930 and ending<br />
with the triumph of the Vietnamese revolution in<br />
1975. Through a series of short essays, but most<br />
especially through the documents themselves, the<br />
book illustrates and illuminates both the conflict and<br />
the main his<strong>to</strong>rical debates about its origins, course<br />
and consequences.<br />
2000, 212 pages, 5 x 8”<br />
0-7190-5490-7 / 978-0-7190-5490-7<br />
paper $28.95 CRO<br />
The Rise of the Nazis<br />
SECOND EDITION<br />
Conan Fischer<br />
How and why did the Nazis seize power in Germany?<br />
Nearly seventy years on, the question remains heated,<br />
and important discoveries continue <strong>to</strong> challenge<br />
long-standing assumptions. In this new edition of The<br />
Rise of the Nazis, Conan Fischer takes s<strong>to</strong>ck of the<br />
current debates and concludes that certain orthodoxies<br />
require rethinking.<br />
2002, 208 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6067-2 / 978-0-7190-6067-0<br />
paper $28.95 CRO<br />
The Black Death<br />
Rosemary Horrox<br />
This source book traces, through contemporary<br />
writings, the calami<strong>to</strong>us impact of the Black Death<br />
in Europe, with particular reference <strong>to</strong> its spread<br />
across England from 1345 <strong>to</strong> 1349.<br />
1994, 384 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-3498-1 / 978-0-7190-3498-5<br />
paper $35.95 CRO<br />
66<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Manchester University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Marxism and His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
A Critical Introduction, SECOND EDITION<br />
S. H. Rigby<br />
Marx’s theory of his<strong>to</strong>ry is often regarded as the<br />
most enduring and fruitful aspect of his intellectual<br />
legacy. This book establishes Marx’s claims about<br />
social structure and his<strong>to</strong>rical change, discusses<br />
their use in his own and his followers’ writings, and<br />
assesses the validity of his theories. Marxism and<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ry is firmly established as an essential guide <strong>to</strong><br />
this field of recent his<strong>to</strong>riographical debate.<br />
1998, 336 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-5612-8 / 978-0-7190-5612-3<br />
paper $32.95 CRO<br />
Londinopolis, c.1500– c.1750<br />
Essays in the Cultural and Social His<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />
Early Modern London<br />
Edited by Paul Griffiths and Mark S.R. Jenner<br />
Events such as the Fire of London and the Plague,<br />
and his<strong>to</strong>ric locations like the Globe Theatre, are part<br />
of London’s heritage. Yet until recently, the his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
of the city between 1500 and 1750 has been little<br />
studied. The essays in this volume cover the themes<br />
of polis and the police, gender and sexuality, space<br />
and place, and material culture.<br />
2000, 296 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-5152-5 / 978-0-7190-5152-4<br />
paper $39.95 CRO<br />
The Templars<br />
Translated by Malcolm Barber and<br />
Keith Bate<br />
This is a unique collection of translated sources,<br />
which in addition <strong>to</strong> documenting the origins of the<br />
<strong>Order</strong> and the circumstances of its suppression and<br />
dissolution, examines the many and varied facets<br />
of its activities during the twelfth and thirteenth<br />
centuries. It will be of interest <strong>to</strong> anyone interested in<br />
the medieval period, and is an invaluable source for<br />
those wanting <strong>to</strong> find out more about this most fascinating<br />
and enigmatic of institutions.<br />
2002, 368 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-5110-X / 978-0-7190-5110-4<br />
paper $38.95 CRO<br />
Celtic Identity and the British Image<br />
Murray G H Pit<strong>to</strong>ck<br />
Celtic Identity and the British Image explores the<br />
idea of the Celt and definition of the so-called “Celtic<br />
Fringe” over the last 300 years. It is the only in-depth<br />
study of the literary and cultural representation of<br />
Ireland, Scotland and Wales over this period, and is<br />
based on an extremely wide-ranging grasp of issues<br />
of national identity and state formation.<br />
1999, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-5826-0 / 978-0-7190-5826-4<br />
paper $23.95 CRO<br />
The Life-cycle in Western Europe,<br />
c.1300-c.1500<br />
Deborah Youngs<br />
This is the first study <strong>to</strong> examine the entire life-cycle<br />
in the late medieval period. Drawing on a wide<br />
range of secondary and primary material, the book<br />
explores the timing and experiences of infancy, childhood,<br />
adolescence and youth, adulthood, old age<br />
and, finally, death.<br />
2005, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-5916-X / 978-0-7190-5916-2<br />
paper $27.95 CRO<br />
Popular Protest in<br />
Late-Medieval Europe<br />
Italy, France and Flanders<br />
Translated and annotated by Samuel Cohn Jr.<br />
The documents in this stimulating volume span from<br />
1245 <strong>to</strong> 1424 but focus on the “contagion of rebellion”<br />
from 1355 <strong>to</strong> 1382 that followed in the wake of<br />
the plague. They tell gripping and often gruesome<br />
s<strong>to</strong>ries of personal and collective violence, anguish,<br />
anger, terror, bravery, and foolishness.<br />
2005, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7190-6731-6 / 978-0-7190-6731-0<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 67
<strong>UBC</strong> Transaction <strong>Press</strong> Publishers<br />
Besieged<br />
Seven Cities Under Siege<br />
J. Bowyer Bell<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Parties<br />
in Twentieth-Century Latin<br />
America<br />
Torcua<strong>to</strong> S. Di Tella<br />
J. Bowyer Bell’s Besieged<br />
is built on the premise that<br />
as long as men have constructed<br />
walls, other men<br />
have tried <strong>to</strong> scale them.<br />
<strong>From</strong> ancient Jericho<br />
and Joshua’s trumpet <strong>to</strong><br />
London and the onslaught<br />
of the Luftwaffe, people<br />
have always devised cunning<br />
weapons, with all the<br />
skills at their command, <strong>to</strong><br />
breach such barriers and invade the camps and fortified<br />
places of their enemies.<br />
Besieged is the s<strong>to</strong>ry of seven great modern sieges:<br />
Madrid in the Spanish Civil War; London, Warsaw,<br />
Singapore and Stalingrad in <strong>World</strong> War II; Berlin<br />
during the Post <strong>World</strong> War II Airlift; and Jerusalem<br />
under Arab attack from four sides in 1947. Bell, a<br />
veteran his<strong>to</strong>rian, describes in detail the actual battles<br />
involved, clearly demonstrating the universality<br />
of sieges and siegecraft and showing that all these<br />
beleaguered places have things in common and obey<br />
certain basic laws or principles. Besieged is a mustread<br />
for those interested in modern conflict pondering<br />
the enigma of human endeavor in wall building<br />
and breaking involved in siegecraft.<br />
Contents<br />
Madrid, 1936–1939<br />
London, 1940–1941<br />
Singapore, 1941–1942<br />
Stalingrad, 1942–1943<br />
Warsaw, 1939, 1943, 1944<br />
Jerusalem, 1947–1949<br />
Berlin, 1945–1949.<br />
This heavily documented<br />
volume with an extensive<br />
bibliography would prove<br />
valuable <strong>to</strong> researchers<br />
and advanced students<br />
of Latin America.<br />
Recommended.<br />
– J.A. Rhodes, Luther<br />
College, Choice<br />
The general perception of<br />
modern Latin American political<br />
institutions emphasizes<br />
a continuing and random process of disorder<br />
and crisis, continually out of step with other regions<br />
in their progress <strong>to</strong>ward democracy and prosperity.<br />
In His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Parties in Latin America,<br />
Torcua<strong>to</strong> S. DiTella demonstrates that this common<br />
view lacks context and comparative nuance, and is<br />
deeply misleading. Looking behind the scenes of<br />
modern Latin American his<strong>to</strong>ry, he discerns its broad<br />
patterns through close analysis of actual events and<br />
comparative sociological perspectives that explain<br />
the apparent chaos of the past and point <strong>to</strong>ward the<br />
more democratic polity now developing.<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Parties in Latin America is rich in<br />
his<strong>to</strong>rical description, but also in its broad review of<br />
social structures and of the strengths and weaknesses<br />
of political institutions. It is an important volume<br />
for Latin America area specialists and his<strong>to</strong>rians,<br />
political scientists, and sociologists.<br />
2003, 176 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-4128-0510-4 / 978-1-4128-0510-0<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
2006, 335 pages 6 x 9”<br />
1-4128-0586-4 / 978-1-4128-0586-5<br />
paper $36.95 CRO<br />
68<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Transaction Publishers <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Mirrors of a Disaster<br />
The Spanish Military Conquest<br />
of America<br />
Gerard Chaliand<br />
Nomadic Empires<br />
<strong>From</strong> Mongolia <strong>to</strong> the Danube<br />
Gerard Chaliand<br />
In Mirrors of a Disaster,<br />
Gérard Chaliand narrates<br />
the major events that<br />
followed the Spanish conquest<br />
of Mexico and Peru<br />
with the scope and rhythm<br />
of an epic poem. He seeks<br />
<strong>to</strong> make meaningful the<br />
strict chronicle of a conquest<br />
through those who<br />
lived it. Human details and<br />
the broader political background<br />
bring <strong>to</strong> life one of his<strong>to</strong>ry’s great tragedies.<br />
A new introduction by the author is included in this<br />
paperback edition. The comprehensive work is organized<br />
in<strong>to</strong> three parts: “The Conquest of Mexico,”<br />
“The Conquest of Guatemala and Yucatan,” and<br />
“The Conquest of Peru.” In each section, the author<br />
provides a summary prior <strong>to</strong>, in many cases, a<br />
day-by-day account of the events as they unfolded.<br />
Enriched by significant contemporary documents<br />
Mirrors of a Disaster relates the many facets of the<br />
conquest, presenting the Indians’ perception of their<br />
defeat by the Spaniards, the conquerors’ narratives<br />
of the same events, and the author’s own retelling of<br />
a tragedy in which, he says, “the vanquished could<br />
not, ultimately, but be vanquished.”<br />
Contents<br />
Maps<br />
Introduction <strong>to</strong> the Transaction Edition<br />
Preface<br />
1 The Conquest of Mexico<br />
2 The Conquest of Guatemala and Yucatan<br />
3 The Conquest of Peru<br />
Conclusion<br />
Bibliography; Chronology; Index<br />
2005, 257 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-4128-0471-X / 978-1-4128-0471-4<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
The book’s conciseness,<br />
coupled with its ample time<br />
lines and chronologies,<br />
makes it an ideal introduction<br />
<strong>to</strong> Inner Asian his<strong>to</strong>ry.<br />
But its masterful grasp of<br />
the disparate impact of<br />
steppe nomad incursions<br />
on various Eurasian civilizations<br />
through time also<br />
renders it a worthy read for<br />
seasoned his<strong>to</strong>rians.<br />
– E. J. Vajda, Choice<br />
Nomadic Empires sheds new light on 2,000 years<br />
of military his<strong>to</strong>ry and geopolitics. The Mongol Empire<br />
of Genghis-Khan and his heirs, as is well known,<br />
was the greatest empire in world his<strong>to</strong>ry. For 2,000<br />
years, the steppe areas of Asia, from the borders<br />
of Manchuria <strong>to</strong> the Black Sea, were a “zone of<br />
turbulence,” threatening settled peoples from<br />
China <strong>to</strong> Russia and Hungary, including Iran, India,<br />
the Byzantine empire, and even Syria. It was a true<br />
world stage that was affected by these destructive<br />
nomads.<br />
Contents<br />
1 Introduction.<br />
The impact of the nomads; Nomads and settled peoples;<br />
The nomadic model: the Scythians<br />
2 The military fronts of the Altaic nomads<br />
The Chinese front; The Indo-Iranian front; The Byzantine<br />
front; The Russian front; The exception of western<br />
Europe<br />
3 The apogee of the nomads: Mongols and Turkic-speakers<br />
The Mongols; The Turkic-speakers; The eyewitnesses<br />
4 The revenge of the sedentary peoples<br />
Russia after the Mongols; China after the Mongols<br />
Epilogue<br />
Appendices; Chronology; Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 147 pages 6 x 9”<br />
1-4128-0555-4 / 978-1-4128-0555-1<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 69
<strong>UBC</strong> Transaction <strong>Press</strong> Publishers<br />
Memory, His<strong>to</strong>ry, Nation<br />
Contested Pasts<br />
Edited by Katharine Hodgkin and<br />
Susannah Rads<strong>to</strong>ne<br />
The Meaning of His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Nikolai Berdyaev<br />
With a new introduction by Maria Banerjee<br />
In the last decade, a focus<br />
on memory in the human<br />
sciences has encouraged<br />
new approaches <strong>to</strong> the<br />
study of the past. The<br />
chapters in this volume offer<br />
a complex awareness<br />
of the workings of memory,<br />
and the ways in which<br />
different or changing his<strong>to</strong>ries<br />
may be explained.<br />
They explore the relation<br />
between individual and social memory, between real<br />
and imaginary, event and fantasy, his<strong>to</strong>ry and myth.<br />
Contradic<strong>to</strong>ry accounts, or memories in direct contradiction<br />
<strong>to</strong> the his<strong>to</strong>rical record are not always the<br />
sign of a repressive authority attempting <strong>to</strong> cover<br />
something up. The tension between memory as a<br />
safeguard against attempts <strong>to</strong> silence dissenting<br />
voices, and memory’s own implication in that silencing,<br />
runs throughout the book.<br />
Topics covered range from the Basque country <strong>to</strong><br />
Cambodia, from Hungary <strong>to</strong> South Africa, from the<br />
Finnish Civil War <strong>to</strong> the cult Jim Jarmusch movie Dead<br />
Man, from the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame <strong>to</strong> Australia.<br />
“Transforming Memory” is concerned primarily<br />
with the social and personal transmission of memory<br />
across time and generations. “Remembering Suffering:<br />
Trauma and His<strong>to</strong>ry” brings the after-effects<br />
of catastrophe <strong>to</strong> the fore. “Patterning the National<br />
Past,” the relation between nation and memory is<br />
the central issue. “And Then Silence” reflects on the<br />
complex, multiple meaning of silence and oblivion,<br />
wherein amnesia is often used as a figure for the<br />
denial of shameful pasts.<br />
In her brilliant new opening<br />
essay, Maria Banerjee<br />
says of Berdyaev, “he was<br />
never more than a curious<br />
but unwelcome guest<br />
in his<strong>to</strong>ry. He fearlessly<br />
engaged it on the level of<br />
ideas while remaining alien<br />
<strong>to</strong> its means and ends,<br />
gifted with an incurable<br />
longing for transcendence.”<br />
Witness <strong>to</strong> two<br />
world wars, Berdyaev observed the destruction of<br />
established cultures in the traumatic birth of new<br />
systems. Arrested on political suspicion – by Czarist<br />
and then by Bolshevik police – he died in exile in<br />
France in 1948, carrying forth his intellectual work<br />
until the end.<br />
Berdyaev considered the philosophy of his<strong>to</strong>ry as a<br />
field that laid the foundations of the Russian national<br />
consciousness. Its disputes were centered on<br />
distinctions between slavophiles and Westerners,<br />
East and West. The Meaning of His<strong>to</strong>ry was an early<br />
effort, following <strong>World</strong> War I, that attempted <strong>to</strong> revive<br />
this perspective. With the removal of Communism as<br />
a ruling system in Russia, that nation returned <strong>to</strong> an<br />
elaboration of a religious philosophy of his<strong>to</strong>ry as the<br />
specific mission of Russian thought. This volume thus<br />
has contemporary significance. The book is remarkable<br />
for its powerful stylistic grace and as<strong>to</strong>nishingly<br />
contemporary feeling.<br />
2005, 274 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-4128-0497-3 / 978-1-4128-0497-4<br />
paper $36.95 CRO<br />
2004, 264 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-4128-0488-4 / 978-1-4128-0488-2<br />
paper $36.95 CRO<br />
70<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Transaction Publishers <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Living Through the<br />
Soviet System<br />
Edited by Daniel Bertaux, Paul<br />
Thompson, and Anna Rotkirch<br />
The Chinese Machiavelli<br />
3000 Years of Chinese Statecraft<br />
Dennis Bloodworth and<br />
Ching Ping Bloodworth<br />
For a period of over seventy<br />
years after the 1917<br />
revolutions in Russia,<br />
talking about the past,<br />
either political or personal,<br />
became dangerous. The<br />
situation changed dramatically<br />
with the new policy<br />
of glasnost at the end of<br />
the 1980s. The result was<br />
a flood of reminiscence,<br />
almost nightly on television,<br />
and more formally collected by new Russian<br />
oral his<strong>to</strong>ry groups and also by Western researchers.<br />
Daniel Bertaux and Paul Thompson both began collecting<br />
life s<strong>to</strong>ry and family his<strong>to</strong>ry interview material<br />
in the early 1990s, and this book is the outcome of<br />
their initiative.<br />
Living Through the Soviet System analyzes, through<br />
personal accounts, how Russian society operated<br />
on a day-<strong>to</strong>-day level. It contrasts the integration<br />
of different social groups: the descendents of the<br />
pre-revolutionary upper classes, the new industrial<br />
working class, or the ethnically marginalized Russian<br />
Jews. Because of its basis in direct testimonies, the<br />
book reveals in a highly readable and direct style<br />
the meaning for ordinary men and women of living<br />
through those seven dark decades of a great European<br />
nation.<br />
Because of the centrality of Soviet Russia <strong>to</strong> the<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry of the twentieth-century world, this book will<br />
be of interest <strong>to</strong> a wide range of readers. It will be of<br />
importance <strong>to</strong> students, researchers and teachers of<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry and sociology, as well as specialists in East<br />
European and other communist societies.<br />
2005, 277 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-4128-0487-6 / 978-1-4128-0487-5<br />
paper $36.95 CRO<br />
Machiavelli drew on 2000<br />
years of his<strong>to</strong>ry <strong>to</strong> develop<br />
theories on how <strong>to</strong> make<br />
war, how <strong>to</strong> win battles,<br />
and how <strong>to</strong> gain power and<br />
keep it. Using Machiavelli<br />
as a springboard, Dennis<br />
and Ching Ping Bloodworth<br />
boldly and adroitly<br />
map out 3000 years of<br />
Chinese political-military<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry – from Confucius <strong>to</strong><br />
Mao Zedong – using Machiavell’s discourse of power<br />
politics. They reveal a pageantry of Chinese his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
figures, from wise strategists, heroic generals, crafty<br />
statesmen, and ruthless emperors <strong>to</strong> brave knightserrant,<br />
and from stately Confucian philosophers <strong>to</strong><br />
shrewd, cunning Legalist thinkers, without the usual<br />
Confucian restraint.<br />
The Chinese Machiavelli intends <strong>to</strong> help Western<br />
readers, who may be puzzled by Chinese diplomatic<br />
and military strategy, understand the principles that<br />
have guided both past and present Chinese leaders.<br />
Within the framework of a chronological his<strong>to</strong>ry concentrating<br />
on power politics and using the social and<br />
cultural scene as a backdrop, the Bloodworths use<br />
China’s long his<strong>to</strong>ry <strong>to</strong> find answers.<br />
Although The Chinese Machiavelli is authored for the<br />
general public rather than for the specialist, the latter<br />
will also benefit from reading this his<strong>to</strong>ry. The authors<br />
describe the continuity of Chinese his<strong>to</strong>ry and reveal<br />
how knowledge of China’s past sheds light on the<br />
political behavior of China’s rulers <strong>to</strong>day.<br />
2004, 369 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7658-0568-5 / 978-0-7658-0568-3<br />
paper $37.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 71
<strong>UBC</strong> Transaction <strong>Press</strong> Publishers<br />
Before the Fall<br />
An Inside View of the<br />
Pre-Watergate White House<br />
William Safire<br />
The Stasi Files Unveiled<br />
Guilt and Compliance in<br />
a Unified Germany<br />
Barbara Miller<br />
In Before the Fall, William Safire discusses Richard<br />
Nixon as president, covering the Vietnam War, foreign<br />
policy, economics, and race relations. He describes<br />
Nixon as a partisan working <strong>to</strong> form an alignment<br />
across party lines, successful in many respects<br />
before the president <strong>to</strong>lerated the excesses that<br />
eventually corrupted his administration. Finally, he<br />
reveals Nixon, the person, as a mixture of Woodrow<br />
Wilson, Machiavelli, Theodore Roosevelt, and Shakespeare’s<br />
Cassius – an idealistic conniver evoking the<br />
strenuous life while he thinks <strong>to</strong>o much.<br />
2005, 735 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-4128-0466-3 / 978-1-4128-0466-0<br />
paper $37.95 CRO<br />
In 1992 the massive files of East Germany’s infamous<br />
Ministry for State Security, the Stasi, were<br />
made publicly available and thousands of former East<br />
Germans began <strong>to</strong> confront their contents. Finally it<br />
was possible for ordinary citizens <strong>to</strong> ascertain who<br />
had worked for the Stasi, either on a full-time basis<br />
or as an “unofficial employee,” the Stasi’s term for<br />
an informer. The revelations from these documents<br />
sparked feuds old and new among a population<br />
already struggling through enormous social and<br />
political upheaval. Drawing upon the Stasi files and<br />
upon interviews with one-time informers, this book<br />
examines the impact of the Stasi legacy in united<br />
Germany.<br />
2004, 166 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-7658-0811-0 / 978-0-7658-0811-0<br />
paper $37.95 CRO<br />
Classical Islam<br />
A His<strong>to</strong>ry, 600 A.D. <strong>to</strong> 1258 A.D.<br />
G. E. von Grunebaum<br />
His<strong>to</strong>rical Sketch of<br />
the Cherokee<br />
James Mooney<br />
In a book written with the poignancy and beauty<br />
appropriate <strong>to</strong> its subject matter, the author opens<br />
by reminding us that “the essence of a society is in<br />
a sense identical with its his<strong>to</strong>ry.” Classical Islam<br />
also serves as a reminder that in the case of Islam,<br />
despite its triumphs on the fields of battle, telling<br />
its his<strong>to</strong>ry is the only way open <strong>to</strong> us <strong>to</strong> render that<br />
essence accessible and show it from all sides. The<br />
work offers a grand narrative of a faith that offers<br />
an interpretation of the world, a way of life, and a<br />
style of thinking, that goes far beyond institutional<br />
or political supports. The relevance of this his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
perspective is beyond dispute.<br />
2005, 243 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-202-30767-0 / 978-0-202-30767-1<br />
paper $36.95 CRO<br />
72<br />
When James Mooney studied the Cherokee<br />
from1887 <strong>to</strong> 1900, they were the largest and most<br />
important Indian tribe in the United States. His account<br />
of their his<strong>to</strong>ry from the time of their first<br />
contact with whites until the end of the nineteenth<br />
century is more than a sequence of battles won and<br />
lost, treaties signed and broken, <strong>to</strong>wns destroyed<br />
and people massacred. There is humanity along with<br />
inhumanity in the relations between the Cherokee<br />
and other groups, Indian and non-Indian; there is fortitude<br />
and persistence balanced with disillusionment<br />
and frustration. In these respects, the his<strong>to</strong>ry of the<br />
Cherokee epi<strong>to</strong>mizes the experience of most Native<br />
Americans.<br />
2004, 287 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-202-30817-0 / 978-0-202-30817-3<br />
paper $36.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Michigan State University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
Quebec During the American<br />
Invasion, 1775–1776<br />
The Journal of François Baby, Gabriel<br />
Taschereau, and Jenkin Williams<br />
Edited by Michael P. Gabriel et al.<br />
Available for the first time in English, the 1776 journal<br />
of François Baby, Gabriel Taschereau, and Jenkin<br />
Williams provides an insight in<strong>to</strong> the failure <strong>to</strong> incite<br />
rebellion in Quebec by American revolutionaries.<br />
While other sources have shown how British soldiers<br />
and civilians and the French-Canadian gentry (the<br />
seigneurs) responded <strong>to</strong> the American invasion of<br />
1775–1776, this journal focuses on French-Canadian<br />
peasants (les habitants) who made up the vast majority<br />
of the population; in other words, the journal helps<br />
explain why Quebec did not become the “fourteenth<br />
colony.”<br />
2005, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-87013-740-9 / 978-0-87013-740-2<br />
cloth $34.95 CRO<br />
Transatlantic Rebels<br />
Agrarian Radicalism in<br />
Comparative Context<br />
Edited by Thomas Summerhill and<br />
James C. Scott<br />
This collection examines agrarian radicalism in<br />
comparative context from 1500 <strong>to</strong> the present. What<br />
unifies the studies is an interest in the ways agrarian<br />
people in the Atlantic world interacted with each<br />
other, shared ideas, developed new crops or methods,<br />
or formulated critiques of the existing order. All<br />
agree, <strong>to</strong> varying extents, that the Atlantic world is<br />
best conceptualized not as a rigid barrier between<br />
nations, peoples, and cultures, but rather a frontier, a<br />
permeable space with eddies and currents of ideas,<br />
cultivars, and human beings. In addition, “radicalism”<br />
can be found not only in the political realm, but also<br />
in the rate and extent of social, economic, and environmental<br />
change.<br />
2004, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-87013-727-1 / 978-0-87013-727-3<br />
paper $36.95 CRO<br />
Bending Spines<br />
The Propagandas of Nazi Germany<br />
and the German Democratic Republic<br />
Randall L. Bytwerk<br />
La Nouvelle France<br />
The Making of French Canada –<br />
A Cultural His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Peter N. Moogk<br />
In many ways, modern <strong>to</strong>talitarian movements<br />
present worldviews that are religious in nature. Nazism<br />
and Marxism-Leninism presented themselves<br />
as explanations for all of life: culture, morality, science,<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry, and recreation. They provided people<br />
with reasons for accepting the status quo. Bending<br />
Spines examines the full range of persuasive<br />
techniques used by Nazi Germany and the German<br />
Democratic Republic, and concludes that both systems<br />
failed in part because they expected more of<br />
their propaganda than it was able <strong>to</strong> deliver.<br />
2004, 192 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-87013-710-7 / 978-0-87013-710-5<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
Peter Moogk’s La Nouvelle France is a candid exploration<br />
of the troubled his<strong>to</strong>rical relationship that<br />
exists between the inhabitants of French- and Englishspeaking<br />
Canada. It is a long- overdue study of the<br />
colonial social institutions, values, and experiences<br />
that shaped modern French Canada. Moogk draws<br />
on a rich body of evidence and traces the roots of<br />
the Anglo-French cultural struggle <strong>to</strong> the seventeenth<br />
century. In so doing, he discovers a New France<br />
vastly different from the one portrayed in popular<br />
mythology.<br />
2001, 320 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-87013-528-7 / 978-0-87013-528-6<br />
paper $32.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 73
<strong>UBC</strong> University <strong>Press</strong>of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong><br />
Native Seattle<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ries from the<br />
Crossing-Over Place<br />
Bringing Indians <strong>to</strong> the Book<br />
Albert Furtwangler<br />
Coll Thrush<br />
This is the best book, by<br />
far, that I have ever read<br />
about Indians and cities.<br />
Thrush’s excavation and<br />
analysis are deep and<br />
wide-ranging, his narrative<br />
impassioned and<br />
engaging. A fantastic<br />
contribution.<br />
– Ned Blackhawk, author<br />
of Violence over the Land:<br />
Indians and Empires in<br />
the Early American West<br />
In Seattle, the strands of urban and Indian his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
have always been intertwined. Including an atlas of<br />
indigenous Seattle created with linguist Nile Thompson,<br />
Native Seattle is a new kind of urban Indian his<strong>to</strong>ry,<br />
a book with implications that reach far beyond<br />
the region.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface<br />
1 The Haunted City<br />
2 Terra Miscognita<br />
3 Seattle Illahee<br />
4 Mr. Glover’s Imbricated City<br />
5 City of the Changers<br />
6 The Woven Coast<br />
7 The Changers, Changed<br />
8 On the Cusp of Past and Future<br />
9 Urban Renewal in Indian Terri<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
10 The Returning Hosts<br />
An Atlas of Indigenous Seattle, by Coll Thrush and Nile<br />
Thompson; maps by Amir Sheikh<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2007, 376 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
32 illustrations<br />
0-295-98700-6 / 978-0-295-98700-2<br />
cloth $34.95<br />
Albert Furtwangler tackles<br />
a complicated subject<br />
and makes it understandable<br />
and a pleasure <strong>to</strong><br />
read. Bringing Indians<br />
<strong>to</strong> the Book provides<br />
a compelling window<br />
through which <strong>to</strong> view the<br />
first contacts that <strong>to</strong>ok<br />
place between whites<br />
and Indians in the Pacific<br />
Northwest.<br />
– Journal of the West<br />
Bringing Indians <strong>to</strong> the Book recounts the experiences<br />
of 19th-century missionaries <strong>to</strong> the Pacific Northwest<br />
and of the explorers on the Lewis and Clark<br />
Expedition who preceded them. Though they differed<br />
greatly in methods and aims, missionaries and<br />
explorers shared a crucial underlying cultural characteristic:<br />
they were resolutely literate, carrying books<br />
not only in their baggage but also in their most commonplace<br />
thoughts and habits, and they came west<br />
in order <strong>to</strong> meet, and attempt <strong>to</strong> change, groups of<br />
people who for thousands of years had passed on<br />
their memories, learning, and values through words<br />
not written, but spoken or sung aloud.<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
1 On the Authority of William Clark<br />
2 Columbia Rediviva<br />
3 The Bookish Invaders<br />
4 Denying the Salmon God<br />
Appendix: The Disosway and Walker Letters<br />
Notes; Works Cited; Index<br />
2005, 248 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
10 illustrations, map<br />
0-295-98523-2 / 978-0-295-98523-7<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
74<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
University of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
A Life Disturbed<br />
My Pacific War Revisited<br />
Merrel Clubb<br />
Alaska, An American Colony<br />
Stephen Haycox<br />
An exceptional s<strong>to</strong>ryteller<br />
with an analytical<br />
eye, Merrel Clubb has<br />
gathered the letters he<br />
sent his parents from the<br />
Pacific Theater of <strong>World</strong><br />
War II and his subsequent<br />
reflections on that war<br />
and on his life in<strong>to</strong> a kind<br />
of then-and-now memoir.<br />
The letters are a treasure<br />
trove of humor, anxiety,<br />
and hope, revealing a young man thrust in<strong>to</strong> a war<br />
that he does not understand. Through this exceptional<br />
portal on the past, we learn of the tragic absurdity<br />
of war; of a soldier trained for naval warfare and then<br />
sent in<strong>to</strong> land battle with weapons he’d never before<br />
fired; of command post latrines at which even commanding<br />
officers were sitting ducks; of the ghoulish<br />
trophies and memen<strong>to</strong>s that soldiers collected from<br />
the battlefields.<br />
For Clubb, as for so many veterans, the war does not<br />
end with the vic<strong>to</strong>ry over Japan. Despite the intervening<br />
years, Clubb finds that the haunting experiences<br />
of over half a century ago echo still. Even in the solitude<br />
of the forest, in the hunting parties he meets, in<br />
the animals he himself kills, he hears again the sound<br />
of battle, and sees again the faces of the victims of<br />
war. Part letters, part memoir, and part scholarly<br />
analysis, this volume ranges over a vast, colorful,<br />
and weighted terri<strong>to</strong>ry, exploring the psychological<br />
terrain of a life disturbed, and forever changed, by<br />
war.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface; The Life Disturbed; Preparation for Battle; Kiska;<br />
Makin; Honolulu Interlude; Guam; Iwo Jima; San Diego; Sixty<br />
Years After; The War and My Life; Abbreviations; Notes<br />
2005, 252 pages, 5.5 x 8.5”<br />
0-295-98536-4 / 978-0-295-98536-7<br />
cloth $32.95 CRO<br />
Having read every general<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry of Alaska from<br />
Bancroft <strong>to</strong> the present,<br />
and many studies of special<br />
Alaskan <strong>to</strong>pics, and<br />
having lived in Alaska for<br />
more than forty years – I<br />
have only one comment:<br />
Alaska: An American<br />
Colony is by far the finest<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry of Alaska yet<br />
produced.<br />
– Wallace M. Olson,<br />
Professor of Anthropology,<br />
Emeritus, University of Alaska<br />
Contents<br />
Introduction: Alaska Geography and the Anthropology of<br />
Its Native Peoples<br />
Part 1: Russian America<br />
1 Russian America, an Introduction<br />
2 ussian Eastward Expansion and the Kamchatka<br />
Expeditions<br />
3 Exploitation and the Origins of the Contest of Sovereignty<br />
4 Grigorii Shelikhov and the Russian American Company<br />
5 Aleksandr Baranov<br />
6 Russian America<br />
7 The Sale of Russian America<br />
Part 1: American Alaska<br />
8 American Alaska, an Introduction<br />
9 Taking the Measure of Alaska: The Alaska Purchase and<br />
the Politics of the Early Economy<br />
10 National Currents in Alaska: The Gold Rush and<br />
Progressive Reform<br />
11 Pioneer Alaska: The Last Frontier<br />
12 War and the Transition <strong>to</strong> Statehood<br />
13 Modern Alaska: The Last Wilderness<br />
Epilogue<br />
Notes; Bibliography; Index<br />
2006, 392 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
38 illustrations; maps<br />
0-295-98629-8 / 978-0-295-98629-6<br />
paper $24.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 75
<strong>UBC</strong> Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong> State University <strong>Press</strong><br />
The Mapmaker’s Eye<br />
David Thompson on<br />
the Columbia Plateau<br />
Jack Nisbet<br />
Lewis and Clark Trail Maps<br />
A Car<strong>to</strong>graphic Reconstruction<br />
VOLUME III<br />
Martin Plamondon II<br />
Between 1801 and 1812,<br />
North West Company fur<br />
trader, explorer, and car<strong>to</strong>grapher<br />
David Thompson<br />
established two<br />
viable trade routes across<br />
the Rocky Mountains in<br />
Canada and systematically<br />
surveyed the entire<br />
1,250-mile course of the<br />
Columbia River. In The Mapmaker’s Eye, Jack Nisbet<br />
utilizes fresh research <strong>to</strong> convey how Thompson<br />
experienced the sweep of human and natural his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
etched across the Columbia drainage. He places<br />
Thompson’s movements within the larger contexts<br />
of the European Enlightenment, the British fur trade<br />
economy, and American expansion as represented<br />
by the Lewis and Clark Expedition.<br />
Contents<br />
1 A Mathematical Boy<br />
2 Lure of the Columbia<br />
3 Across the Divide<br />
4 Among the Kootenai and Salish<br />
5 A Critical Situation<br />
6 A Voyage Down the Columbia<br />
7 Legacy<br />
8 Appendices<br />
Acknowledgements; Bibliography; Illustration List; Map List;<br />
Artists’ Bios; Index<br />
2005, 192 pages, 9 x 10 ½”<br />
0-87422-285-0 / 978-0-87422-285-2<br />
paper $36.95<br />
After crossing the Bitterroot<br />
Range and canoeing<br />
down the cataract-filled<br />
Snake River, the Corps of<br />
Discovery finally reached<br />
the long-sought Columbia<br />
River in the autumn of<br />
1805. Lewis and Clark<br />
Trail Maps Volume III continues<br />
the car<strong>to</strong>graphic<br />
reconstruction of the<br />
explorers’ trek as they set out from the Snake-Columbia<br />
junction on the final leg of their journey <strong>to</strong><br />
the sea.<br />
In addition <strong>to</strong> intricately mapping the Columbia’s<br />
great rapids, desert and rain-forest shorelines, spectacular<br />
mountain gorge, and broad estuary, Volume III<br />
reveals the vast number of Native American villages<br />
that lined the River of the West in Lewis and Clark’s<br />
time. Additional maps and illustrations depict Fort<br />
Clatsop, Cascade volcanoes, coastal explorations,<br />
and compare the modern beds of streams <strong>to</strong> their<br />
courses at the time of the exploration.<br />
2004, 240 pages, 9 x 12”<br />
0-87422-266-4 / 978-0-87422-266-1<br />
paper $78.95 CRO<br />
Lewis and Clark Trail Maps<br />
A Car<strong>to</strong>graphic Reconstruction, Volume I<br />
Martin Plamondon II<br />
2000, 206 pages, 9 x 12”<br />
0-87422-233-8 / 978-0-87422-233-3<br />
paper $67.95 CRO<br />
Lewis and Clark Trail Maps<br />
A Car<strong>to</strong>graphic Reconstruction, Volume II<br />
Martin Plamondon II<br />
2002, 240 pages, 9 x 12”<br />
0-87422-243-5 / 978-0-87422-243-2<br />
paper $89.95 CRO<br />
76<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Oregon State University <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
American Sportsmen and<br />
the Origins of Conservation<br />
THIRD EDITION, REVISED AND EXPANDED<br />
John F. Reiger<br />
Skookum<br />
An Oregon Pioneer Family’s<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ry and Lore<br />
Shannon Applegate<br />
John Reiger’s work has been hailed as an authoritative<br />
look at early conservationists; now his landmark<br />
book is available in an expanded edition that broadens<br />
its his<strong>to</strong>ric sweep. In this new edition, Reiger<br />
traces the antecedents of the sportsmen’s conservation<br />
movement <strong>to</strong> the years before the Civil War. He<br />
extends his coverage in<strong>to</strong> the present by demonstrating<br />
how the nineteenth-century sportsman’s code<br />
– with its demand for taking responsibility for the<br />
<strong>to</strong>tal environment – continues <strong>to</strong> be the corners<strong>to</strong>ne<br />
of the sporting ethic.<br />
20050, 352 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-87071-487-2 / 978-0-87071-487-0<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
With the skill of a his<strong>to</strong>rian and the craft of a novelist,<br />
Shannon Applegate recounts the s<strong>to</strong>ry of her<br />
prominent pioneer family over several generationstheir<br />
dreams, hardships, mysteries, and joys. Skookum<br />
is an intimate, imaginative his<strong>to</strong>ry that looks<br />
beyond the well-known lives of the Applegate men<br />
<strong>to</strong> give voice <strong>to</strong> the amazing women of the family.<br />
Selected for the Oregon Cultural Heritage Commission’s<br />
Literary Oregon: 100 Books 1800–2000.<br />
2005, 464 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-87071-119-9 / 978-0-87071-119-0<br />
paper $26.95 CRO<br />
A Majority of Scoundrels<br />
An Informal His<strong>to</strong>ry of the Rocky<br />
Mountain Fur Company<br />
Don Berry<br />
Introduction by Stephen Dow Beckham<br />
Berry’s fresh and invigorating narrative captures<br />
the peak years of the fur trade in the Mountain<br />
West. These were heady times in which trappers<br />
and traders explored the far corners of the country,<br />
disputed terri<strong>to</strong>ry with Native American tribes and the<br />
Hudson’s Bay Company, learned the lore of the land,<br />
and perfected their drinking, brawling, yarn-spinning,<br />
and boasting at the annual rendezvous. A new introduction<br />
by his<strong>to</strong>rian Stephen Dow Beckham looks<br />
beyond the romantic legends of the mountain men <strong>to</strong><br />
set A Majority of Scoundrels in the context of recent<br />
scholarship on the American West.<br />
Oregon Indians<br />
Voices from Two Centuries<br />
Stephen Dow Beckham<br />
After forty years of research and writing on Native<br />
Americans and the American West, his<strong>to</strong>rian Stephen<br />
Dow Beckham has compiled a rich documentary<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ry that strives <strong>to</strong> let Oregon Indians tell their own<br />
s<strong>to</strong>ry. <strong>From</strong> “first encounters” in the late eighteenth<br />
century <strong>to</strong> modern tribal economies, this volume<br />
presents first-person accounts of events threatening,<br />
changing, and shaping the lives of Oregon Indians.<br />
This deeply researched volume gives fuller voice and<br />
greater clarity <strong>to</strong> Oregon’s complex past.<br />
2006, 608 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-87071-088-5 / 978-0-87071-088-9<br />
cloth $53.95 CRO<br />
2004, 456 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
0-87071-089-3 / 978-0-87071-089-6<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 77
Left Coast <strong>Press</strong><br />
Curating Oral His<strong>to</strong>ries<br />
<strong>From</strong> Interview <strong>to</strong> Archive<br />
Nancy MacKay<br />
Shared His<strong>to</strong>ries<br />
A Palestinian-Israeli Dialogue<br />
Edited by Paul Scham, Walid Salem,<br />
and Benjamin Pogrund<br />
I found this <strong>to</strong> be one<br />
of the most helpful and<br />
reader-friendly books I<br />
have seen in a long time.<br />
MacKay very correctly<br />
makes the point that,<br />
while the focus often is<br />
placed on creating oral<br />
his<strong>to</strong>ries, there has not<br />
been enough discussion<br />
about caring for the<br />
materials once they have<br />
been created. This manuscript takes the complex<br />
archival and cura<strong>to</strong>rial issues involved in caring for<br />
the materials and puts them in<strong>to</strong> easy-<strong>to</strong>-understand<br />
language. In doing so, it helps not only archivists<br />
and cura<strong>to</strong>rs, but oral his<strong>to</strong>rians working in all steps<br />
of the oral his<strong>to</strong>ry process.<br />
– Barbara W. Sommer, author of The Oral His<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
Manual<br />
Contents<br />
Preface<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Setting the Stage<br />
2 Archives Administration<br />
3 Legal & Ethical Issues<br />
4 Recording Technology<br />
5 Transcribing<br />
6 Cataloging<br />
7 Preservation<br />
8 Oral his<strong>to</strong>ries on the Internet<br />
9 Challenges of the 21st Century Notes<br />
Appendix A: Profiles of oral his<strong>to</strong>ry programs<br />
Appendix B: Forms<br />
Appendix C: Glossary<br />
Appendix D: Resources<br />
Appendix E: Organizations and Professional Associations<br />
Index<br />
About the Author<br />
2006, 184 pages, 8.5 x 11”<br />
1-59874-058-X / 978-1-59874-058-5<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
There is no single his<strong>to</strong>ry<br />
of the Israeli-Palestinian<br />
conflict. There are two.<br />
This volume attempts <strong>to</strong><br />
present both his<strong>to</strong>ries<br />
with parallel narratives<br />
of key points in the 19th<br />
and 20th centuries <strong>to</strong><br />
1948. The his<strong>to</strong>ries are<br />
presented by 14 Israeli<br />
and Palestinian experts,<br />
joined by other his<strong>to</strong>rians,<br />
journalists, and activists, who then discuss the differences<br />
and similarities between their accounts. The<br />
reader has the opportunity <strong>to</strong> witness, at first hand,<br />
a respectful confrontation between the competing<br />
versions of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict.<br />
Contents<br />
Foreword by Michael Burckhard Blanke<br />
Introduction<br />
1 Napoleon <strong>to</strong> Allenby: Processes of change in Palestine,<br />
1800-1918 / Ruth Kark; Continuity and change in<br />
Palestine: The last Ot<strong>to</strong>man period, 1856–1918 /<br />
Adel Manna<br />
2 The beginnings of Jewish settlement and Zionism,<br />
<strong>to</strong> <strong>World</strong> War I / Ran Aaronsohn; The prehis<strong>to</strong>ry of<br />
Palestinian nationalism / Issam Nassar<br />
3 The Palestinian national movement, 1919–1939 /<br />
Manuel Hassassian; Zionist diplomacy, 1914–1939 /<br />
Norman Rose<br />
4 The Holocaust, the establishment of Israel, and the<br />
shaping of Israeli society / Dalia Ofer; The Holocaust in<br />
the Palestinian perspective / Ata Qaymari<br />
5 The UN Partition resolution of 1948: Why wasn’t it<br />
implemented / Moshe Ma’oz; The paradox of the UN<br />
1947 partition plan / Walid Salem<br />
6 Israeli his<strong>to</strong>riography of the 1948 War / Avraham Sela;<br />
The birth of the Palestinian refugee problem in 1947–48<br />
/ Adel Yahya<br />
7 Holiness and conflict in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict /<br />
Moshe Amirav; Jerusalem refugees and property claims<br />
since the 1948 War / Salim Tamari;<br />
Discussion; Glossary; Map; Further Reading; Index<br />
2006, 304 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-59874-013-X / 978-1-59874-013-4<br />
paper $29.95 CRO<br />
78<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Paradigm Publishers<br />
Contentious Politics<br />
Charles Tilly and Sidney Tarrow<br />
Popular Contention in Great<br />
Britain, 1758–1834<br />
Charles Tilly<br />
Revolutions, social movements, religious and ethnic<br />
conflict, nationalism and civil rights, and transnational<br />
movements are forms of contentious politics that<br />
combine in Contentious Politics. The book presents<br />
a set of analytical <strong>to</strong>ols and procedures for study,<br />
comparison, and explanation of these very different<br />
sorts of contention. Drawing on many his<strong>to</strong>rical and<br />
contemporary cases, the book shows that similar<br />
principles describe and explain a wide variety of<br />
struggles as well as many more routine forms of<br />
politics. Tilly and Tarrow have written the book <strong>to</strong><br />
introduce readers <strong>to</strong> an exciting new program of<br />
political and sociological analysis.<br />
June 2006, 224 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-59451-246-9 / 978-1-59451-246-9<br />
paper $34.95 CRO<br />
Social Movements,<br />
1768–2004<br />
Charles Tilly<br />
Charles Tilly provides rich and often surprising<br />
insights in<strong>to</strong> the origins of contemporary social<br />
movement practices, relations of social movements<br />
<strong>to</strong> democratization, and likely futures for social<br />
movements.<br />
Contents<br />
1 Social Movements as Politics<br />
2 Inventions of the Social Movement<br />
3 Nineteenth Century<br />
4 Adventures<br />
5 Twentieth-century Expansion and Transformation<br />
6 Social Movements<br />
7 Enter the Twenty-first Century<br />
8 Democratization and Social Movements<br />
9 Futures of Social Movements<br />
2005, 262 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-59451-043-1 / 978-1-59451-043-4<br />
paper $23.95 CRO<br />
Tilly has provided<br />
sociologists and his<strong>to</strong>rians<br />
with a magnificent<br />
empirical resource<br />
accompanied by a subtle<br />
and powerful framework<br />
of interpretation . . . It is<br />
not often that his<strong>to</strong>rical<br />
scholarship is so effectively<br />
harnessed <strong>to</strong> the<br />
sociological imagination.<br />
– American Journal of<br />
Sociology<br />
Between 1750 and 1840, ordinary British people<br />
abandoned such time-honored forms of protest as<br />
collective seizures of grain, the sacking of buildings,<br />
public humiliation, and physical abuse in favor of<br />
marches, petition drives, public meetings, and other<br />
sanctioned routines of social movement politics. The<br />
change created -- perhaps for the first time anywhere<br />
-- mass participation in national politics.<br />
Contents<br />
Preface<br />
Abbreviations<br />
1 <strong>From</strong> Mutiny <strong>to</strong> Mass Mobilization<br />
2 Contention Under a Magnifying Glass<br />
3 Capital, State, and Class in Britain, 1750–1840<br />
4 Wilkes, Gordon, and Popular Vengeance, 1758–1788<br />
5 Revolution, War, and Other Struggles, 1789–1815<br />
6 State, Class and Contention, 1816–1827<br />
7 Struggle and Reform, 1828–1834<br />
8 <strong>From</strong> Donkeying <strong>to</strong> Demonstrating<br />
Appendix 1. Sources and Methods<br />
Appendix 2. Major Acts by the British Government Directly<br />
Affecting Popular Association and Collective Action,<br />
1750–1834<br />
References; Index<br />
2005, 504 pages, 6 x 9”<br />
1-59451-120-9 / 978-1-59451-120-2<br />
paper $34.95 CRO<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 79
<strong>UBC</strong> Author <strong>Press</strong> Index<br />
Adney, Tappan 55<br />
Anderson, Margaret 55<br />
Applegate, Shannon 77<br />
Armstrong, John Griffith 55<br />
Auger, Martin F. 40<br />
Ayukawa, Michiko Midge 28<br />
Backhouse, Constance 8, 50<br />
Backhouse, Nancy L. 8<br />
Banerjee, Maria 70<br />
Bangarth, Stephanie 29<br />
Banham, Tony 54<br />
Barber, Malcolm 67<br />
Barker, John 53<br />
Barman, Jean 25<br />
Barry, Peter 58<br />
Bate, Keith 67<br />
Beattie, Judith Hudson 49<br />
Beckham, Stephen Dow 77<br />
Bell, J. Bowyer 68<br />
Benidickson, Jamie 16<br />
Berdyaev, Nikolai 70<br />
Berry, Don 77<br />
Bertaux, Daniel 71<br />
Binnema, Ted 21<br />
Blackledge, Paul 64<br />
Bloodworth, Ching Ping 71<br />
Bloodworth, Dennis 71<br />
Bothwell, Robert 1, 55<br />
Bradbury, Bettina 11<br />
Breuning, Eleonore 64<br />
Brouwer, Ruth Comp<strong>to</strong>n 51<br />
Brunelle, Dorval 2<br />
Brun<strong>to</strong>n, Deborah 63<br />
Buck, A.R. 44<br />
Buckner, Phillip 4<br />
Buss, Helen M. 49<br />
Bytwerk, Randall L. 73<br />
Calam, John 56<br />
Campbell, Claire Elizabeth 17<br />
Cavanaugh, Catherine A. 50<br />
Chaliand, Gerard 69<br />
Chapnick, Adam 8<br />
Chunn, Dorothy E. 45<br />
Clarkson, Chris 3<br />
Clubb, Merrel 75<br />
Cohn, Samuel Jr. 67<br />
Cole, Douglas 53, 56<br />
Cole, Jean Murray 56<br />
Colpitts, George W. 53<br />
Cong, Xiaoping 30<br />
Cook, Tim 38, 54<br />
Cruikshank, Julie 9<br />
Daly, Richard 45<br />
Darnell, Regna 9<br />
Davies, Peter J. 60, 61<br />
Dawn, Leslie 7<br />
Dawson, Grant 39<br />
Dawson, Michael 47<br />
Dean, Trevor 65<br />
Delaney, Douglas E. 41<br />
Di Tella, Torcua<strong>to</strong> S. 68<br />
Drees, Laurie Meijer 50<br />
Dudink, Stefan 65<br />
Dummitt, Chris<strong>to</strong>pher 34<br />
Durflinger, Serge 40<br />
Elmer, Peter 62<br />
Fischer, Conan 66<br />
Francis, R. Douglas 4<br />
Furniss, Elizabeth 52<br />
Furtwangler, Albert 74<br />
Gabriel, Michael P. 73<br />
Galois, Robert 52<br />
Gartner, Rosemary 50<br />
Geller, Peter 10<br />
Gillespie, Greg 15<br />
Gou<strong>to</strong>r, David 5<br />
Granatstein, J.L. 41<br />
Grell, Ole Peter 62<br />
Griffiths, Paul 67<br />
Grypma, Sonya 37<br />
Gwyn, Julian 54<br />
Hagemann, Karen 65<br />
Haig-Brown, Celia 24<br />
Hak, Gordon 6<br />
Halpin, Marjorie 55<br />
Hare, Jan 25<br />
Harris, R. Cole 49, 56<br />
Harrison, Julia 9<br />
Hart, Michael 51<br />
Harvey, Karen 65<br />
Hatt, Michael 59<br />
Hawker, Ronald W. 53<br />
Haycox, Stephen 75<br />
Hayman, John 56<br />
Hinde, John R. 51<br />
Hodgkin, Katharine 70<br />
Horrox, Rosemary 66<br />
Howard, Richard 2<br />
Igartua, José 7<br />
Janovicek, Nancy 35<br />
Jenner, Mark S.R. 67<br />
Johns<strong>to</strong>n, William 49<br />
Jones, Jo Fraser 56<br />
Kelm, Mary-Ellen 52<br />
Keshen, Jeffrey A. 42<br />
Klonk, Charlotte 59<br />
Kluckner, Michael 12<br />
Knafla, Louis 44<br />
Kulchyski, Peter 23<br />
Lackenbauer, P. Whitney 39<br />
Lary, Diana 31, 56<br />
Layman, William D. 12<br />
Lewis, Jill 64<br />
Lin, Hsiao-ting 33<br />
Lockner, Bradley 56<br />
Loo, Tina 16<br />
Lutz, John Sut<strong>to</strong>n 18, 19<br />
MacKay, Nancy 78<br />
Mackie, Richard Somerset 56<br />
MacKinnon, Stephen 56<br />
Maclachlan, Morag 56<br />
MacMillian, Margaret 52<br />
Malcolm Chase 60<br />
Manore, Jean 17<br />
Mayne, Richard O. 38<br />
McDonald, Robert A.J. 53<br />
McGhee, Robert 55<br />
McKenzie, Francine 52<br />
McLaren, John 44, 45<br />
McLeod, John 58<br />
Meehan, John D. 48<br />
Menzies, Robert 45<br />
Miller, Barbara 72<br />
Miller, Bruce Granville 20<br />
Miner, Dale 17<br />
Moogk, Peter N. 73<br />
Mooney, James 72<br />
Moray, Gerta 25<br />
Mor<strong>to</strong>n, Desmond 43<br />
Mur<strong>to</strong>n, James 14<br />
Myers, Tamara 11<br />
Neylan, Susan 21<br />
Ng, Wing Chung 53<br />
Nisbet, Jack 76<br />
Nock, David A. 24<br />
Ormsby, Margaret A. 55<br />
Ostry, Aleck S. 6<br />
Palmer, Alexandra 56<br />
Perras, Galen 54<br />
Phillips, Elizabeth 56<br />
Phillips, Jim 50<br />
Pickles, Katie 24<br />
80<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Author / Title <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> Index<br />
Pit<strong>to</strong>ck, Murray G.H. 67<br />
Plamondon, Martin, II 76<br />
Pogrund, Benjamin 78<br />
Pritchard, Gareth 64<br />
Pyne, Stephen J. 13<br />
Quiring, David M. 10<br />
Rads<strong>to</strong>ne, Susannah 70<br />
Rajala, Richard A. 57<br />
Rak, Julie 48<br />
Reiger, John F. 77<br />
Richardson, Brian 46<br />
Richter, Andrew 49<br />
Rigby, S.H. 67<br />
Robertson, Leslie A. 47<br />
Rogers, Mary 65<br />
Roy, Patricia E. 26-27<br />
Ruane, Kevin 66<br />
Rutherdale, Myra 24, 51<br />
Rutherdale, Robert 42<br />
Safire, William 72<br />
Salem, Walid 78<br />
Sandlos, John 15<br />
Sandwell, R.W. 56<br />
Scham, Paul 78<br />
Scott, James C. 73<br />
Sheffield, R. Scott 43<br />
Sherwood, Jay 57<br />
Smith, Norman 32<br />
Stewart, W. Brian 22<br />
S<strong>to</strong>rck, Peter L. 46<br />
Summerhill, Thomas 73<br />
Swainger, Jonathan 44, 50, 56<br />
Tarrow, Sidney 79<br />
Taylor, Craig 59<br />
Taylor, Philip M. 66<br />
Tester, Frank 23<br />
Thatcher, Ian D. 65<br />
Thompson, Paul 71<br />
Thrush, Coll 74<br />
Tilly, Charles 79<br />
Tinagli, Paola 65<br />
Toman, Cynthia 36<br />
Tosh, John 65<br />
Turkel, William J. 14<br />
Vance, Jonathan F. 54<br />
Von Grunebaum, G.E. 72<br />
Wagner, Jonathan 11<br />
Ward, W. Peter 56<br />
Warne, Randi R. 50<br />
Webster, Anthony 61<br />
Whitby, Michael 41<br />
Whitehead, Margaret 56<br />
Whittam, John 65<br />
Wright, Nancy E. 44<br />
Youngs, Deborah 67<br />
Titles<br />
Alaska, An American Colony 75<br />
Alex Lord’s British Columbia 56<br />
Alliance and Illusion 1<br />
American Sportsmen and the<br />
Origins of Conservation 77<br />
Ancient People of the Arctic 55<br />
Archive of Place 14<br />
Art His<strong>to</strong>ry 59<br />
At Home with the Bella Coola<br />
Indians 53<br />
Avoiding Armageddon 49<br />
Awful Splendour 13<br />
Battle Grounds 39<br />
Be of Good Mind 20<br />
Before the Fall 72<br />
Beginning Postcolonialism 58<br />
Beginning Theory 58<br />
Bending Spines 73<br />
Besieged 68<br />
Betrayed 38<br />
Beyond the City Limits 56<br />
Black Death 66<br />
Bringing Indians <strong>to</strong> the Book 74<br />
Burden of His<strong>to</strong>ry 52<br />
Canada and Quebec 55<br />
Canada and the British <strong>World</strong> 4<br />
Canada and the End of Empire 4<br />
Canadian Department of Justice<br />
and the Completion of<br />
Confederation, 1867–78 56<br />
Capital and Labour in the British<br />
Columbia Forest Industry,<br />
1934–74 6<br />
CCF Colonialism in Northern<br />
Saskatchewan 10<br />
Celtic Identity and the British<br />
Image 67<br />
Chartism 60<br />
Chinese in Vancouver, 1945–80<br />
53<br />
Chinese Machiavelli 71<br />
Chinese State at the Borders 31<br />
Classical Islam 72<br />
Clio’s Warriors 38<br />
Colonizing Bodies 52<br />
Commanding Canadians 41<br />
Contact Zones 24<br />
Contentious Politics 79<br />
Couture and Commerce 56<br />
Creating a Modern Countryside<br />
14<br />
Culture of Flushing 16<br />
Culture of Hunting in Canada 17<br />
Curating Oral His<strong>to</strong>ries 78<br />
Death So Noble 54<br />
Debate on the French Revolution<br />
61<br />
Debate on the Rise of British<br />
Imperialism 61<br />
Despotic Dominion 44<br />
Do Glaciers Listen? 9<br />
Domestic Reforms 3<br />
Dominion and the Rising Sun 48<br />
Ermatingers 22<br />
Exploring His<strong>to</strong>ry 1400–1900 60<br />
Fascist Italy 65<br />
Fight or Pay 43<br />
Fighting from Home 40<br />
Fort Langley Journals, 1827–30<br />
56<br />
Frigates and Foremasts 54<br />
<strong>From</strong> <strong>World</strong> <strong>Order</strong> <strong>to</strong> <strong>Global</strong><br />
<strong>Disorder</strong> 2<br />
Game in the Garden 53<br />
Good Intentions Gone Awry 25<br />
Guarding the Gates 5<br />
Halifax Explosion and the Royal<br />
Canadian Navy 55<br />
Healing Arts 62<br />
Healing Henan 37<br />
Health, Disease, and Society in<br />
Europe, 1500–1800 62<br />
Health, Disease, and Society in<br />
Europe, 1800–1930 63<br />
Heiress vs the Establishment 8<br />
“Here is Hell” 39<br />
Hiroshima Immigrants in Canada,<br />
1891–1941 28<br />
His<strong>to</strong>rical Sketch of the<br />
Cherokee 72<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ricizing Canadian<br />
Anthropology 9<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ry of Domestic Space 56<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ry of Migration from<br />
Germany <strong>to</strong> Canada, 1850–<br />
1939 11<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 81
<strong>UBC</strong> Title <strong>Press</strong> Index<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ry of Political Parties<br />
in Twentieth-Century Latin<br />
America 68<br />
Hobnobbing with a Countess and<br />
Other Okanagan Adventures<br />
56<br />
Home<strong>to</strong>wn Horizons 42<br />
Hunters at the Margin 15<br />
Hunting for Empire 15<br />
Imagining Difference 47<br />
Indian Association of Alberta 50<br />
Joan of Arc 59<br />
Journey <strong>to</strong> the Ice Age 46<br />
Kiss in His<strong>to</strong>ry 65<br />
Kiumajut [Talking Back] 23<br />
Klondike Stampede 55<br />
Late Imperial Russia 65<br />
Laws and Societies in the<br />
Canadian Prairie West,<br />
1670–1940 44<br />
Letters from Windermere,<br />
1912–1914 56<br />
Lewis and Clark Trail Maps 76<br />
Life Disturbed 75<br />
Life-cycle in Western Europe,<br />
c.1300–c.1500 67<br />
Living Through the Soviet System<br />
71<br />
Londinopolis, c.1500–c.1750 67<br />
Longitude and Empire 46<br />
Majority of Scoundrels 77<br />
Making Native Space 49<br />
Making Vancouver 53<br />
Makúk 19<br />
Manly Modern 34<br />
Mapmaker’s Eye 76<br />
Marxism and His<strong>to</strong>ry 67<br />
Masculinities in Politics and War<br />
65<br />
Meaning of His<strong>to</strong>ry 70<br />
Medicine Transformed 63<br />
Memory, His<strong>to</strong>ry, Nation 70<br />
Middle Power Project 8<br />
Mirrors of a Disaster 69<br />
Modern Women Modernizing<br />
Men 51<br />
Munitions of the Mind 66<br />
Murdering Holiness 50<br />
Myth and Memory 18<br />
National Visions, National<br />
Blindness 7<br />
Native Seattle 74<br />
Negotiated Memory 48<br />
Negotiating Identities in 19th and<br />
20th Century Montreal 11<br />
New His<strong>to</strong>ries for Old 21<br />
No Place <strong>to</strong> Go 35<br />
No Place <strong>to</strong> Run 54<br />
Nomadic Empires 69<br />
Northern Exposures 10<br />
Not the Slightest Chance 54<br />
Nouvelle France 73<br />
Nutrition Policy in Canada,<br />
1870–1939 6<br />
Objects of Concern 54<br />
Officer and a Lady 36<br />
Oregon Indians 77<br />
Oriental Question 26<br />
Other Quiet Revolution 7<br />
Our Box Was Full 45<br />
Parties Long Estranged 52<br />
People and Place 50<br />
Pioneer Gentlewoman in British<br />
Columbia 55<br />
Popular Contention in Great<br />
Britain, 1758–1834 79<br />
Popular Protest in Late-Medieval<br />
Europe 67<br />
Potlatch at Gitsegukla 55<br />
Power and the People 64<br />
Prisoners of the Home Front 40<br />
Quebec During the American<br />
Invasion, 1775–1776 73<br />
Red Man’s on the Warpath 43<br />
Reflections on the Marxist Theory<br />
of His<strong>to</strong>ry 64<br />
Regulating Lives 45<br />
Resisting Manchukuo 32<br />
Rise of the Nazis 66<br />
River of Memory 12<br />
Robert Brown and the Vancouver<br />
Island Exploring Expedition 56<br />
Saints, Sinners, and Soldiers 42<br />
Scars of War 56<br />
Selling British Columbia 47<br />
Shaped by the West Wind 17<br />
Shared His<strong>to</strong>ries 78<br />
Skookum 77<br />
Social Movements, 1768–2004<br />
79<br />
Soldiers’ General 41<br />
Stasi Files Unveiled 72<br />
States of Nature 16<br />
Stepping S<strong>to</strong>nes <strong>to</strong> Nowhere 54<br />
Surveying Central British<br />
Columbia 57<br />
Tales of Ghosts 53<br />
Teachers’ Schools and the<br />
Making of the Modern Chinese<br />
Nation-State, 1897–1937 30<br />
Telling Tales 50<br />
Templars 67<br />
They Call Me Father 56<br />
This Blessed Wilderness 56<br />
Tibet and Nationalist China’s<br />
Frontier 33<br />
To the Charlottes 56<br />
Towns of Italy in the Later Middle<br />
Ages 65<br />
Trading Beyond the Mountains<br />
56<br />
Trading Nation 51<br />
Transatlantic Rebels 73<br />
Triumph of Citizenship 27<br />
Undelivered Letters <strong>to</strong> Hudson’s<br />
Bay Company Men on the<br />
Northwest Coast of America,<br />
1830–57 49<br />
Unsettling Encounters 25<br />
Up-Coast 57<br />
Vancouver Island Letters of<br />
Edmund Hope Verney,<br />
1862–65 56<br />
Vanishing British Columbia 12<br />
Vietnam Wars 66<br />
Voices Raised in Protest 29<br />
Voyage <strong>to</strong> the North West Side of<br />
America 52<br />
War of Patrols 49<br />
When Coal Was King 51<br />
White Man’s Province 26<br />
With Good Intentions 24<br />
Women and the White Man’s<br />
God 51<br />
Women in Italy, 1350–1650 65<br />
82<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
<strong>Order</strong> <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> Form<br />
Quantity Title ISBN Page# Price*<br />
_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />
_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />
_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />
_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />
_______ __________________________ _____________ ______ _______<br />
* CRO after the price listing in the catalogue denotes that <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> holds<br />
Canadian rights only and may only ship such titles <strong>to</strong> Canadian addresses.<br />
** Shipping charges and taxes:<br />
Canada: first book, $6.50; each add’l $1.50; plus 6% GST<br />
US: first book, $12.50; each add’l, $2.50;<br />
Overseas: 1 book, $25.00; each add’l, $2.50<br />
Shipping**<br />
Sub<strong>to</strong>tal<br />
Tax **<br />
Total<br />
_______<br />
_______<br />
_______<br />
_______<br />
Payment must accompany order forms from individuals.<br />
Outside Canada, all prices are in US dollars.<br />
Enclosed is: cheque (Payable <strong>to</strong> <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong>)<br />
Charge <strong>to</strong> my: Visa Mastercard<br />
Name<br />
Address<br />
_____________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________<br />
Phone ____________________________ E-mail _____________________________<br />
Account ______________________________________________ Expiry Date _________<br />
Signature __________________________________________<br />
Forms should be returned <strong>to</strong>:<br />
CANADA<br />
U.S.<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
c/o uniPRESSES<br />
34 Armstrong Avenue<br />
George<strong>to</strong>wn, ON<br />
L7G 4R9<br />
Phone: 905.873.9781/1.877.864.8477<br />
Fax: 905.873.6170/1.877.864.4272<br />
E-mail: orders@gtwcanada.com<br />
To order from any other countries, please see the ordering contacts on page 84.<br />
Prices and specifications subject <strong>to</strong> change without notice.<br />
source code his<strong>to</strong>ry07<br />
The University of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong><br />
P.O. Box 50096<br />
Seattle, WA<br />
98145-5096<br />
USA<br />
Phone: 206.543.4050/1.800.441.4115<br />
Fax: 206.543.3932/1.800.669.7993<br />
E-mail: uwpord@u.washing<strong>to</strong>n.edu<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca 83
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Order</strong>ing <strong>Press</strong>Information<br />
Canada<br />
Please direct all cus<strong>to</strong>mer service enquiries <strong>to</strong>:<br />
uniPRESSES<br />
34 Armstrong Avenue<br />
George<strong>to</strong>wn, ON L7G 4R9<br />
Phone: 905.873.9781; Toll free: 1.877.864.8477<br />
Fax: 905.873.6170; Toll-Free Fax: 1.877.864.4272<br />
E-mail: orders@gtwcanada.com<br />
As of 1 Oc<strong>to</strong>ber 2007, <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> and our<br />
publishing partners will be distributed by<br />
University of Toron<strong>to</strong> <strong>Press</strong>. For further<br />
information, please contact Shari Martin<br />
at <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong>: phone 604.822.1221 or<br />
e-mail martin@ubcpress.ca<br />
United States<br />
The University of Washing<strong>to</strong>n <strong>Press</strong><br />
P.O. Box 50096<br />
Seattle, WA 98145-5096, USA<br />
Phone: 206.543.4050 or 206.543.8271<br />
Fax: 206.543.3932<br />
Toll-free ordering in the USA: 1.800.441.4115<br />
Toll-free Fax: 1.800.669.7993<br />
E-mail: uwpord@u.washing<strong>to</strong>n.edu<br />
Website: www.washing<strong>to</strong>n.edu/uwpress<br />
UK, Europe, Middle East, and Africa<br />
Eurospan University <strong>Press</strong> Group<br />
3 Henrietta Street<br />
Covent Garden<br />
London WC2E 8LU, UK<br />
Phone: 44.0(20).7240.0856<br />
Fax: 44.0(20).7379.0609<br />
E-mail: info@eurospan.co.uk<br />
Asia (excl. China, Taiwan and Hong Kong) &<br />
Pacific (incl. Australia and New Zealand)<br />
Royden Muranaka<br />
East West Export Books<br />
c/o University of Hawai’i <strong>Press</strong><br />
2840 Kolowalu Street<br />
Honolulu, Hawaii 96822, USA<br />
Phone: 808.956.8830; Fax: 808.988.6052<br />
E-mail: eweb@hawaii.edu<br />
China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan<br />
Asia Publishers Services Ltd<br />
Units B & D, 17th Floor Gee Chang Hong Centre<br />
65 Wong Chuk Hang Road<br />
Aberdeen, Hong Kong<br />
Phone: 852.2553.9289; Fax: 852.2554.2912<br />
E-mail: apshk@netviga<strong>to</strong>r.com<br />
Please note: prices listed are in US funds when<br />
ordered from outside Canada.<br />
84<br />
EXAMINATION COPIES<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> invites faculty members <strong>to</strong> write on<br />
departmental letterhead for an examination copy of<br />
any title you wish <strong>to</strong> consider for course adoption.<br />
You must state course name, semester, anticipated<br />
enrolment, and the book currently in use.<br />
Paperback titles of interest for a course starting before<br />
their publication date may be available by special<br />
arrangement. Please contact Elizabeth Whit<strong>to</strong>n<br />
at whit<strong>to</strong>n@ubcpress.ca, 604.822.8226, or <strong>to</strong>ll-free<br />
1.877.377.9378.<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> charges a $6.50 shipping and handling<br />
fee for each examination copy requested. Please<br />
include payment with your request. Requests should<br />
be mailed <strong>to</strong> the address below.<br />
Please note: all examination and review copy<br />
requests are provided at the Publisher’s discretion.<br />
REVIEW COPIES<br />
Please submit review requests on letterhead <strong>to</strong><br />
Kerry Kilmartin, Reviews Coordina<strong>to</strong>r<br />
Fax: 604.822.6083<br />
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> acknowledges the financial support of<br />
the Government of Canada through the Book Publishing<br />
Industry Development Program (BPIDP).<br />
We also gratefully acknowledge the assistance<br />
of the Province of British Columbia through the<br />
British Columbia Arts Council and the Humanities<br />
and Social Science Federation of Canada (Aid <strong>to</strong><br />
Scholarly Publications Programme).<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> would like <strong>to</strong> express its appreciation<br />
<strong>to</strong> the Canada Council for the Arts in grateful<br />
recognition of its major contribution <strong>to</strong> all aspects of<br />
Canadian culture.<br />
Printed by Benwell Atkins, Vancouver, BC<br />
Design, layout, and production by Erin Gibbs,<br />
Honey Mae Caffin, and Jason Congdon, <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong>.<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong><br />
The University of British Columbia<br />
2029 West Mall<br />
Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z2<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
Canada’s his<strong>to</strong>ry publisher<br />
2007 Sir John A.<br />
Macdonald Prize<br />
2007 Clio Award<br />
for British Columbia<br />
2007 Clio Award<br />
for the Northern Region<br />
States of Nature<br />
Conserving Canada’s<br />
Wildlife in the Twentieth<br />
Century<br />
Tina Loo<br />
Do Glaciers Listen?<br />
Local Knowledge, Colonial<br />
Encounters, and Social<br />
Imagination<br />
Julie Cruikshank<br />
Unsettling Encounters<br />
First Nations Imagery in the<br />
Art of Emily Carr<br />
Gerta Moray<br />
• Winner, 2006 K.D. Srivastava<br />
Prize for Excellence in Scholarly<br />
Publishing<br />
• Winner, 2006 Vic<strong>to</strong>r Turner<br />
Prize in Ethnographic Writing,<br />
Society for Humanistic<br />
Anthropology<br />
• Winner, 2006 Julian<br />
Steward Award, American<br />
Anthropological Association<br />
• Winner, 2005 K.D. Srivastava<br />
Prize for Excellence in Scholarly<br />
Publishing<br />
• 2007 BC Award for Canadian<br />
Non-Fiction shortlist, BC<br />
Achievement Foundation<br />
COVER IMAGE<br />
The Crosby family with their Tsimshian charges, 1884 (courtesy of Helen<br />
and Louise Hager), from Good Intentions Gone Awry, by Jan Hare and Jean<br />
Barman, page 25.<br />
order online: www.ubcpress.ca
ABOUT <strong>UBC</strong> PRESS<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> is the publishing imprint of the University<br />
of British Columbia. We are Canada’s leading social<br />
sciences publisher and its fastest-growing scholarly press.<br />
Our core areas of publishing include:<br />
Anthropology · Asian studies · Environmental and<br />
Resource studies · Gender and Sexuality studies ·<br />
His<strong>to</strong>ry · Law and Society · Military studies · Native<br />
studies · Politics · Sociology<br />
In addition <strong>to</strong> publishing sixty new books annually,<br />
<strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong> distributes books in Canada for over twenty<br />
distinguished international publishers. For more details<br />
on <strong>UBC</strong> <strong>Press</strong>, including our newest releases, our<br />
complete backlist, our publishing partners, or <strong>to</strong> order<br />
a book, please visit us online at www.ubcpress.ca.<br />
The University of British Columbia<br />
2029 West Mall, Vancouver BC V6T 1Z2<br />
www.ubcpress.ca